src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // ============================================================================
  13 // declarations
  14 // ============================================================================
  15
  16 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  17 // headers
  18 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  19
  20 #if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
  21     #pragma implementation "grid.h"
  22 #endif
  23
  24 // For compilers that support precompilatixon, includes "wx/wx.h".
  25 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  26
  27 #include "wx/defs.h"
  28
  29 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  30     #pragma hdrstop
  31 #endif
  32
  33 #if wxUSE_GRID
  34
  35 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  36     #include "wx/utils.h"
  37     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  38     #include "wx/settings.h"
  39     #include "wx/log.h"
  40     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  41     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  42     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  43     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  44     #include "wx/intl.h"
  45 #endif
  46
  47 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  48 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  49 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  50 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  51
  52 #include "wx/grid.h"
  53 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  54
  55 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  56     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  57 #else
  58     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  59 #endif
  60
  61 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  62     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  63 #else
  64     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  65 #endif
  66
  67 // Required for wxIs... functions
  68 #include <ctype.h>
  69
  70 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  71 // array classes
  72 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  73
  74 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  75                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  76
  77 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  78 {
  79     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  80         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  81     {
  82     }
  83
  84     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  85     {
  86         attr->DecRef();
  87     }
  88
  89     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  90     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  91
  92 // Cannot do this:
  93 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  94 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  95 };
  96
  97 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  98                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  99
 100 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
 101
 102 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
 103 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
 104
 105 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 106 // events
 107 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 108
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 113 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 114 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 115 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 116 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 117 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 118 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 119 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 120 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 121 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 122 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 123 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 124 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 125 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 126
 127 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 128 // private classes
 129 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 130
 131 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 132 {
 133 public:
 134     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 135     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 136                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 137
 138 private:
 139     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 140
 141     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 142     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 143     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 144     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 145     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 146     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 147
 148     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 149     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 150     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 151 };
 152
 153
 154 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 155 {
 156 public:
 157     wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 158     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 159                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 160
 161 private:
 162     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 163
 164     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 165     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 166     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 167     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 168     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 169     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 170
 171     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 172     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 173     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 174 };
 175
 176
 177 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 178 {
 179 public:
 180     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 181     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 182                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 183
 184 private:
 185     wxGrid *m_owner;
 186
 187     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 188     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 189     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 190     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 191     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 192     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 193
 194     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 195     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 196     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 197 };
 198
 199 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxWindow
 200 {
 201 public:
 202     wxGridWindow()
 203     {
 204         m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL;
 205         m_rowLabelWin = (wxGridRowLabelWindow *)NULL;
 206         m_colLabelWin = (wxGridColLabelWindow *)NULL;
 207     }
 208
 209     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 210                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 211                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 212                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 213     ~wxGridWindow(){}
 214
 215     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 216
 217     wxGrid* GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 218
 219 private:
 220     wxGrid                   *m_owner;
 221     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 222     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 223
 224     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 225     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 226     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 227     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 228     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 229     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 230     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 231     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 232
 233     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 234     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 235     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 236 };
 237
 238
 239
 240 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 241 {
 242 public:
 243     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 244         : m_grid(grid),
 245           m_editor(editor)
 246     {
 247     }
 248
 249     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 250     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 251     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 252
 253 private:
 254     wxGrid*             m_grid;
 255     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 256
 257     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 258     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 259     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 260 };
 261
 262
 263 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 264
 265 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 266     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 267     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 268     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 269 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 270
 271
 272
 273 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 274 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 275 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 276
 277 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 278 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 279 {
 280 public:
 281     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 282     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 283     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 284     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 285
 286 private:
 287     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 288     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 289
 290     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 291 };
 292
 293 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 294 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 295 {
 296 public:
 297     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 298     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() { }
 299     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 300
 301     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 302     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 303     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 304
 305 private:
 306     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 307     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 308 };
 309
 310 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 311 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 312 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 313 {
 314 public:
 315     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 316     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 317                            m_colAttrs;
 318 };
 319
 320
 321 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 322 // data structures used for the data type registry
 323 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 324
 325 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 326 {
 327     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 328                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 329                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 330         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 331         { }
 332
 333     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 334     {
 335         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 336         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 337     }
 338
 339     wxString            m_typeName;
 340     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 341     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 342
 343     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 344 };
 345
 346
 347 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 348                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 349
 350
 351 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 352 {
 353 public:
 354   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 355     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 356
 357     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 358                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 359                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 360
 361     // find one of already registered data types
 362     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 363
 364     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 365     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 366     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 367
 368     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 369     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 370     // registered data type and set params for it
 371     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 372
 373     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 374     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 375
 376 private:
 377     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 378 };
 379
 380 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 381 // conditional compilation
 382 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 383
 384 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 385 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 386 #endif
 387
 388 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 389 // globals
 390 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 391
 392 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 393 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 394     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 395     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 396 #endif // DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 397
 398 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 399 // constants
 400 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 401
 402 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 403 wxRect           wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 404
 405 // scroll line size
 406 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 407 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 408 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 409 //
 410 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 411 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 412 //       -- Robin
 413 //
 414 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 415 //       fixing anyhow
 416 //       -- Vadim
 417 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 418 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 419
 420 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 421 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 422 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 423
 424 #if 0
 425 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 426 // private functions
 427 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 428
 429 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 430 {
 431     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 432 }
 433
 434 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 435 {
 436     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 437 }
 438 #endif
 439
 440 // ============================================================================
 441 // implementation
 442 // ============================================================================
 443
 444 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 445 // wxGridCellEditor
 446 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 447
 448 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 449 {
 450     m_control = NULL;
 451     m_attr = NULL;
 452 }
 453
 454
 455 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 456 {
 457     Destroy();
 458 }
 459
 460 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 461                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 462                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 463 {
 464     if ( evtHandler )
 465         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 466 }
 467
 468 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 469                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 470 {
 471     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 472     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 473     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 474     if (gridWindow)
 475         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 476
 477     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 478     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
 479     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 480
 481     // redraw the control we just painted over
 482     m_control->Refresh();
 483 }
 484
 485 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 486 {
 487     if (m_control)
 488     {
 489         m_control->PopEventHandler(true /* delete it*/);
 490
 491         m_control->Destroy();
 492         m_control = NULL;
 493     }
 494 }
 495
 496 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 497 {
 498     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 499                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 500     m_control->Show(show);
 501
 502     if ( show )
 503     {
 504         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 505         if ( attr )
 506         {
 507             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 508             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 509
 510             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 511             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 512
 513 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 514 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 515             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 516             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 517 #endif
 518             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 519             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 520         }
 521     }
 522     else
 523     {
 524         // restore the standard colours fonts
 525         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 526         {
 527             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 528             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 529         }
 530
 531         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 532         {
 533             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 534             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 535         }
 536 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 537 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 538         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 539         {
 540             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 541             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 542         }
 543 #endif
 544     }
 545 }
 546
 547 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 548 {
 549     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 550                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 551     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 552 }
 553
 554 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 555 {
 556     event.Skip();
 557 }
 558
 559 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 560 {
 561     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 562     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 563 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 564     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 565     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 566     alt = event.MetaDown();
 567 #endif
 568
 569     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 570     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 571     // through in that case.
 572     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 573         return false;
 574
 575 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 576     int key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 577     bool keyOk = true;
 578
 579     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 580     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 581     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ascii key code but
 582     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 583     if (key <= 127)
 584     {
 585         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 586         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 587     }
 588     return keyOk;
 589 #else // !wxUSE_UNICODE
 590     int key = event.GetKeyCode();
 591     if (key <= 255)
 592         return true;
 593     return false;
 594 #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE/!wxUSE_UNICODE
 595 }
 596
 597 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 598 {
 599     event.Skip();
 600 }
 601
 602 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 603 {
 604 }
 605
 606 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 607
 608 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 609 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 610 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 611
 612 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 613 {
 614     m_maxChars = 0;
 615 }
 616
 617 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 618                                   wxWindowID id,
 619                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 620 {
 621     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 622                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize
 623 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 624                                , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL
 625 #endif
 626                               );
 627
 628     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 629     if (m_maxChars != 0)
 630     {
 631         ((wxTextCtrl*)m_control)->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 632     }
 633
 634     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 635 }
 636
 637 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 638                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 639 {
 640     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
 641     // flicker
 642 }
 643
 644 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 645 {
 646     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 647
 648     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal
 649     // margins
 650     //
 651     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for
 652     // unix
 653     //
 654 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 655     if (rect.x != 0)
 656     {
 657         rect.x += 1;
 658         rect.y += 1;
 659         rect.width -= 1;
 660         rect.height -= 1;
 661     }
 662 #else // !GTK
 663     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 )? 2 : 1;
 664
 665 // MB: treat MSW separately here otherwise the caret doesn't show
 666 // when the editor is in the first row.
 667 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 668     int extra_y = 2;
 669 #else
 670     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 )? 2 : 1;
 671 #endif // MSW
 672
 673 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 674     extra_x *= 2;
 675     extra_y *= 2;
 676 #endif
 677     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 678     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 679     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2*extra_x );
 680     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2*extra_y );
 681 #endif // GTK/!GTK
 682
 683     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 684 }
 685
 686 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 687 {
 688     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 689                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 690
 691     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 692
 693     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 694 }
 695
 696 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 697 {
 698     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 699     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 700     Text()->SetSelection(-1,-1);
 701     Text()->SetFocus();
 702 }
 703
 704 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 705                                    wxGrid* grid)
 706 {
 707     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 708                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 709
 710     bool changed = false;
 711     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 712     if (value != m_startValue)
 713         changed = true;
 714
 715     if (changed)
 716         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 717
 718     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 719     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 720     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 721
 722     return changed;
 723 }
 724
 725
 726 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 727 {
 728     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 729                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 730
 731     DoReset(m_startValue);
 732 }
 733
 734 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 735 {
 736     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 737     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 738 }
 739
 740 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 741 {
 742     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 743 }
 744
 745 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 746 {
 747     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 748     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 749     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 750     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 751
 752     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 753     wxChar ch;
 754     long pos;
 755
 756 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 757     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 758     if (ch <= 127)
 759         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 760 #else
 761     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 762 #endif
 763     switch (ch)
 764     {
 765         case WXK_DELETE:
 766             // delete the character at the cursor
 767             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 768             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 769                 tc->Remove(pos, pos+1);
 770             break;
 771
 772         case WXK_BACK:
 773             // delete the character before the cursor
 774             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 775             if (pos > 0)
 776                 tc->Remove(pos-1, pos);
 777             break;
 778
 779         default:
 780             tc->WriteText(ch);
 781             break;
 782     }
 783 }
 784
 785 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 786                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 787 {
 788 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 789     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 790     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 791     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 792     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 793     Text()->SetValue(s);
 794     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 795 #else
 796     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 797     //
 798     event.Skip();
 799 #endif
 800 }
 801
 802 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 803 {
 804     if ( !params )
 805     {
 806         // reset to default
 807         m_maxChars = 0;
 808     }
 809     else
 810     {
 811         long tmp;
 812         if ( !params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 813         {
 814             wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
 815         }
 816         else
 817         {
 818             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 819         }
 820     }
 821 }
 822
 823 // return the value in the text control
 824 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 825 {
 826   return Text()->GetValue();
 827 }
 828
 829 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 830 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 831 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 832
 833 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 834 {
 835     m_min = min;
 836     m_max = max;
 837 }
 838
 839 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 840                                     wxWindowID id,
 841                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 842 {
 843 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 844     if ( HasRange() )
 845     {
 846         // create a spin ctrl
 847         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 848                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 849                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 850                                    m_min, m_max);
 851
 852         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 853     }
 854     else
 855 #endif
 856     {
 857         // just a text control
 858         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 859
 860 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 861         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 862 #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 863     }
 864 }
 865
 866 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 867 {
 868     // first get the value
 869     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 870     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 871     {
 872         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 873     }
 874     else
 875     {
 876         m_valueOld = 0;
 877         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 878         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 879         {
 880             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 881             return;
 882         }
 883     }
 884
 885 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 886     if ( HasRange() )
 887     {
 888         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 889         Spin()->SetFocus();
 890     }
 891     else
 892 #endif
 893     {
 894         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 895     }
 896 }
 897
 898 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 899                                      wxGrid* grid)
 900 {
 901     bool changed;
 902     long value = 0;
 903     wxString text;
 904
 905 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 906     if ( HasRange() )
 907     {
 908         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 909         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 910         if (changed)
 911             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 912     }
 913     else
 914 #endif
 915     {
 916         text = Text()->GetValue();
 917         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 918     }
 919
 920     if ( changed )
 921     {
 922         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 923             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 924         else
 925             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 926     }
 927
 928     return changed;
 929 }
 930
 931 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 932 {
 933 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 934     if ( HasRange() )
 935     {
 936         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 937     }
 938     else
 939 #endif
 940     {
 941         DoReset(GetString());
 942     }
 943 }
 944
 945 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 946 {
 947     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 948     {
 949         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 950         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 951              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 952         {
 953             return true;
 954         }
 955     }
 956
 957     return false;
 958 }
 959
 960 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 961 {
 962     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 963     if ( !HasRange() )
 964     {
 965         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
 966         {
 967             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
 968
 969             // skip Skip() below
 970             return;
 971         }
 972     }
 973 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 974     else
 975     {
 976         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
 977         {
 978             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
 979             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
 980             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
 981             return;
 982         }
 983     }
 984 #endif
 985     event.Skip();
 986 }
 987
 988 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 989 {
 990     if ( !params )
 991     {
 992         // reset to default
 993         m_min =
 994         m_max = -1;
 995     }
 996     else
 997     {
 998         long tmp;
 999         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1000         {
1001             m_min = (int)tmp;
1002
1003             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1004             {
1005                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1006
1007                 // skip the error message below
1008                 return;
1009             }
1010         }
1011
1012         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1013     }
1014 }
1015
1016 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1017 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1018 {
1019     wxString s;
1020
1021 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1022     if( HasRange() )
1023     {
1024         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1025         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1026     }
1027     else
1028 #endif
1029     {
1030         s = Text()->GetValue();
1031     }
1032
1033     return s;
1034 }
1035
1036 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1037 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1038 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1039
1040 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1041 {
1042     m_width = width;
1043     m_precision = precision;
1044 }
1045
1046 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1047                                    wxWindowID id,
1048                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1049 {
1050     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1051
1052 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1053     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1054 #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1055 }
1056
1057 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1058 {
1059     // first get the value
1060     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1061     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1062     {
1063         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1064     }
1065     else
1066     {
1067         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1068         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1069         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1070         {
1071             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1072             return;
1073         }
1074     }
1075
1076     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1077 }
1078
1079 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1080                                      wxGrid* grid)
1081 {
1082     double value = 0.0;
1083     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1084
1085     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld) )
1086     {
1087         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1088             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1089         else
1090             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1091
1092         return true;
1093     }
1094     return false;
1095 }
1096
1097 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1098 {
1099     DoReset(GetString());
1100 }
1101
1102 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1103 {
1104     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1105     char tmpbuf[2];
1106     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1107     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1108     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1109 #if wxUSE_INTL
1110     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1111        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1112 #else
1113     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1114 #endif
1115     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1116          || is_decimal_point )
1117     {
1118         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1119
1120         // skip Skip() below
1121         return;
1122     }
1123
1124     event.Skip();
1125 }
1126
1127 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1128 {
1129     if ( !params )
1130     {
1131         // reset to default
1132         m_width =
1133         m_precision = -1;
1134     }
1135     else
1136     {
1137         long tmp;
1138         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1139         {
1140             m_width = (int)tmp;
1141
1142             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1143             {
1144                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1145
1146                 // skip the error message below
1147                 return;
1148             }
1149         }
1150
1151         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1152     }
1153 }
1154
1155 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1156 {
1157     wxString fmt;
1158     if ( m_width == -1 )
1159     {
1160         // default width/precision
1161         fmt = _T("%f");
1162     }
1163     else if ( m_precision == -1 )
1164     {
1165         // default precision
1166         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1167     }
1168     else
1169     {
1170         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1171     }
1172
1173     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1174 }
1175
1176 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1177 {
1178     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1179     {
1180         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1181         printf("%d\n", keycode);
1182         // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1183         char tmpbuf[2];
1184         tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1185         tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1186         wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1187 #if wxUSE_INTL
1188         bool is_decimal_point =
1189             ( strbuf == wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT,
1190                                           wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1191 #else
1192         bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1193 #endif
1194         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1195              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1196               is_decimal_point || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') )
1197             return true;
1198     }
1199
1200     return false;
1201 }
1202
1203 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1204
1205 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1206
1207 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1208 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1209 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1210
1211 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1212                                   wxWindowID id,
1213                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1214 {
1215     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1216                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1217                                wxNO_BORDER);
1218
1219     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1220 }
1221
1222 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1223 {
1224     bool resize = false;
1225     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1226     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1227
1228     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1229     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1230     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1231     {
1232         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1233         size = sizeBest;
1234
1235         resize = true;
1236     }
1237
1238     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1239     {
1240         // leave 1 pixel margin
1241         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1242
1243         resize = true;
1244     }
1245
1246     if ( resize )
1247     {
1248         m_control->SetSize(size);
1249     }
1250
1251     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1252
1253 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1254     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1255     // so shift it to the right
1256     size.x -= 8;
1257 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1258     // here too, but in other way
1259     size.x += 1;
1260     size.y -= 2;
1261 #endif
1262
1263     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1264     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1265     if (GetCellAttr())
1266         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1267
1268     int x = 0, y = 0;
1269     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1270     {
1271         x = r.x + 2;
1272 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1273         x += 2;
1274 #endif
1275         y = r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2;
1276     }
1277     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1278     {
1279         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1280         y = r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2;
1281     }
1282     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1283     {
1284         x = r.x + r.width/2 - size.x/2;
1285         y = r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2;
1286     }
1287
1288     m_control->Move(x, y);
1289 }
1290
1291 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1292 {
1293     m_control->Show(show);
1294
1295     if ( show )
1296     {
1297         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1298         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1299     }
1300 }
1301
1302 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1303 {
1304     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1305                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1306
1307     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1308         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1309     else
1310     {
1311         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1312         m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
1313     }
1314     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1315     CBox()->SetFocus();
1316 }
1317
1318 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1319                                    wxGrid* grid)
1320 {
1321     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1322                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1323
1324     bool changed = false;
1325     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1326     if ( value != m_startValue )
1327         changed = true;
1328
1329     if ( changed )
1330     {
1331         if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1332             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1333         else
1334             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString);
1335     }
1336
1337     return changed;
1338 }
1339
1340 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1341 {
1342     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1343                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1344
1345     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1346 }
1347
1348 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1349 {
1350     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1351 }
1352
1353 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1354 {
1355     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1356     {
1357         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1358         switch ( keycode )
1359         {
1360             case WXK_SPACE:
1361             case '+':
1362             case '-':
1363                 return true;
1364         }
1365     }
1366
1367     return false;
1368 }
1369
1370 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1371 {
1372     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1373     switch ( keycode )
1374     {
1375         case WXK_SPACE:
1376             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1377             break;
1378
1379         case '+':
1380             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1381             break;
1382
1383         case '-':
1384             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1385             break;
1386     }
1387 }
1388
1389
1390 // return the value as "1" for true and the empty string for false
1391 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1392 {
1393   bool bSet = CBox()->GetValue();
1394   return bSet ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString;
1395 }
1396
1397 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1398
1399 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1400
1401 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1402 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1403 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1404
1405 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1406                                                bool allowOthers)
1407     : m_choices(choices),
1408       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1409
1410 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1411                                                const wxString choices[],
1412                                                bool allowOthers)
1413                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1414 {
1415     if ( count )
1416     {
1417         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1418         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1419         {
1420             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1421         }
1422     }
1423 }
1424
1425 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1426 {
1427     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1428     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1429     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1430
1431     return editor;
1432 }
1433
1434 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1435                                     wxWindowID id,
1436                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1437 {
1438     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1439                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1440                                m_choices,
1441                                m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY);
1442
1443     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1444 }
1445
1446 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1447                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1448 {
1449     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1450     // flicker
1451
1452     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1453     // combo always defaults to the standard...  Until someone has time to
1454     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way...
1455     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1456 }
1457
1458 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1459 {
1460     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1461                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1462
1463     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1464
1465     if (m_allowOthers)
1466         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1467     else
1468     {
1469         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1470         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1471         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1472             pos = 0;
1473         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1474     }
1475     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1476     Combo()->SetFocus();
1477 }
1478
1479 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1480                                      wxGrid* grid)
1481 {
1482     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1483     if ( value == m_startValue )
1484         return false;
1485
1486     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1487
1488     return true;
1489 }
1490
1491 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1492 {
1493     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1494     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1495 }
1496
1497 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1498 {
1499     if ( !params )
1500     {
1501         // what can we do?
1502         return;
1503     }
1504
1505     m_choices.Empty();
1506
1507     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1508     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1509     {
1510         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1511     }
1512 }
1513
1514 // return the value in the text control
1515 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1516 {
1517   return Combo()->GetValue();
1518 }
1519
1520 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1521
1522 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1523 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1524 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1525
1526 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1527 {
1528     // accept changes
1529     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1530
1531     event.Skip();
1532 }
1533
1534 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1535 {
1536     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1537     {
1538         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1539             m_editor->Reset();
1540             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1541             break;
1542
1543         case WXK_TAB:
1544             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1545             break;
1546
1547         case WXK_RETURN:
1548         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1549             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1550                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1551             break;
1552
1553         default:
1554             event.Skip();
1555     }
1556 }
1557
1558 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1559 {
1560     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1561     {
1562         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1563         case WXK_TAB:
1564         case WXK_RETURN:
1565         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1566             break;
1567
1568         default:
1569             event.Skip();
1570     }
1571 }
1572
1573 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1574 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1575 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1576 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1577
1578 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1579 {
1580     // nothing to do
1581 }
1582
1583 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1584 {
1585 }
1586
1587 // ============================================================================
1588 // renderer classes
1589 // ============================================================================
1590
1591 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1592 // wxGridCellRenderer
1593 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1594
1595 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1596                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1597                               wxDC& dc,
1598                               const wxRect& rect,
1599                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1600                               bool isSelected)
1601 {
1602     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
1603
1604     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1605     if( grid.IsEnabled() )
1606     {
1607         if ( isSelected )
1608         {
1609             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) );
1610         }
1611         else
1612         {
1613             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
1614         }
1615     }
1616     else
1617     {
1618         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID));
1619     }
1620
1621     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1622     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1623 }
1624
1625 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1626 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1627 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1628
1629 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(wxGrid& grid,
1630                                                      wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1631                                                      wxDC& dc,
1632                                                      bool isSelected)
1633 {
1634     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
1635
1636     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1637
1638     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1639     if( grid.IsEnabled() )
1640     {
1641       if ( isSelected )
1642       {
1643           dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() );
1644           dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1645       }
1646       else
1647       {
1648           dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1649           dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1650       }
1651     }
1652     else
1653     {
1654       dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1655       dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1656     }
1657
1658     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1659 }
1660
1661 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1662                                                wxDC& dc,
1663                                                const wxString& text)
1664 {
1665     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1666     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1667     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1668     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1669     {
1670         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1671         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1672     }
1673
1674     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1675
1676     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1677 }
1678
1679 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1680                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1681                                              wxDC& dc,
1682                                              int row, int col)
1683 {
1684     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1685 }
1686
1687 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1688                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1689                                     wxDC& dc,
1690                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1691                                     int row, int col,
1692                                     bool isSelected)
1693 {
1694     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1695     rect.Inflate(-1);
1696
1697     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1698     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1699
1700     int hAlign, vAlign;
1701     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1702
1703     int overflowCols = 0;
1704
1705     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1706     {
1707         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1708         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1709         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1710         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <=0
1711         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1712         {
1713             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1714             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1715             {
1716                 bool is_empty = true;
1717                 for (int j=row; j<row+cell_rows; j++)
1718                 {
1719                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1720                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1721                     if (c_rows > 0) c_rows = 0;
1722                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j+c_rows, i))
1723                     {
1724                         is_empty = false;
1725                         break;
1726                     }
1727                 }
1728                 if (is_empty)
1729                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1730                 else
1731                 {
1732                     i--;
1733                     break;
1734                 }
1735                 if (rect.width >= best_width) break;
1736             }
1737             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1738             if (overflowCols >= cols) overflowCols = cols - 1;
1739         }
1740
1741         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1742         {
1743             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1744             wxRect clip = rect;
1745             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1746             // draw each overflow cell individually
1747             int col_end = col+cell_cols+overflowCols;
1748             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1749                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1750             for (int i = col+cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1751             {
1752                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1753                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1754                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1755
1756                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1757                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1758
1759                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1760                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1761                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1762             }
1763
1764             rect = rectCell;
1765             rect.Inflate(-1);
1766             rect.width++;
1767             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1768         }
1769     }
1770
1771     // now we only have to draw the text
1772     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1773
1774     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1775                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1776 }
1777
1778 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1779 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
1780 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1781
1782 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1783 {
1784     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1785     wxString text;
1786     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
1787     {
1788         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
1789     }
1790     else
1791     {
1792         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1793     }
1794
1795     return text;
1796 }
1797
1798 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1799                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1800                                     wxDC& dc,
1801                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1802                                     int row, int col,
1803                                     bool isSelected)
1804 {
1805     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1806
1807     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1808
1809     // draw the text right aligned by default
1810     int hAlign, vAlign;
1811     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1812     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
1813
1814     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1815     rect.Inflate(-1);
1816
1817     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1818 }
1819
1820 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1821                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1822                                              wxDC& dc,
1823                                              int row, int col)
1824 {
1825     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
1826 }
1827
1828 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1829 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
1830 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1831
1832 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
1833 {
1834     SetWidth(width);
1835     SetPrecision(precision);
1836 }
1837
1838 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
1839 {
1840     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
1841     renderer->m_width = m_width;
1842     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
1843     renderer->m_format = m_format;
1844
1845     return renderer;
1846 }
1847
1848 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1849 {
1850     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1851
1852     bool hasDouble;
1853     double val;
1854     wxString text;
1855     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1856     {
1857         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1858         hasDouble = true;
1859     }
1860     else
1861     {
1862         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1863         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
1864     }
1865
1866     if ( hasDouble )
1867     {
1868         if ( !m_format )
1869         {
1870             if ( m_width == -1 )
1871             {
1872                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
1873                 {
1874                     // default width/precision
1875                     m_format = _T("%f");
1876                 }
1877                 else
1878                 {
1879                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1880                 }
1881             }
1882             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
1883             {
1884                 // default precision
1885                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1886             }
1887             else
1888             {
1889                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1890             }
1891         }
1892
1893         text.Printf(m_format, val);
1894
1895     }
1896     //else: text already contains the string
1897
1898     return text;
1899 }
1900
1901 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1902                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1903                                    wxDC& dc,
1904                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
1905                                    int row, int col,
1906                                    bool isSelected)
1907 {
1908     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1909
1910     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1911
1912     // draw the text right aligned by default
1913     int hAlign, vAlign;
1914     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1915     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
1916
1917     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1918     rect.Inflate(-1);
1919
1920     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1921 }
1922
1923 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1924                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1925                                             wxDC& dc,
1926                                             int row, int col)
1927 {
1928     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
1929 }
1930
1931 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1932 {
1933     if ( !params )
1934     {
1935         // reset to defaults
1936         SetWidth(-1);
1937         SetPrecision(-1);
1938     }
1939     else
1940     {
1941         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
1942         if ( !tmp.empty() )
1943         {
1944             long width;
1945             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
1946             {
1947                 SetWidth((int)width);
1948             }
1949             else
1950             {
1951                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
1952             }
1953
1954         }
1955                 tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
1956                 if ( !tmp.empty() )
1957                 {
1958                     long precision;
1959             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
1960                     {
1961                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
1962                     }
1963                     else
1964                     {
1965                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
1966         }
1967
1968         }
1969     }
1970 }
1971
1972
1973 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1974 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
1975 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1976
1977 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
1978
1979 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
1980
1981 // between checkmark and box
1982 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
1983
1984 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1985                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
1986                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
1987                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
1988                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
1989 {
1990     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
1991     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
1992     {
1993         // get checkbox size
1994         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
1995         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
1996         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2*wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
1997
1998         // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result
1999 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2000         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2001 #endif
2002
2003         delete checkbox;
2004
2005         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2006     }
2007
2008     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2009 }
2010
2011 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2012                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2013                                   wxDC& dc,
2014                                   const wxRect& rect,
2015                                   int row, int col,
2016                                   bool isSelected)
2017 {
2018     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2019
2020     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2021     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2022
2023     // don't draw outside the cell
2024     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2025     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2026     {
2027         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2028         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
2029     }
2030
2031     // draw a border around checkmark
2032     int vAlign, hAlign;
2033     attr.GetAlignment(& hAlign, &vAlign);
2034
2035     wxRect rectBorder;
2036     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2037     {
2038         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width/2 - size.x/2;
2039         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2;
2040         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2041         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2042     }
2043     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2044     {
2045         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2046         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2;
2047         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2048         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2049     }
2050     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2051     {
2052         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2053         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2;
2054         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2055         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2056     }
2057
2058     bool value;
2059     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2060         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2061     else
2062     {
2063         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2064         value = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
2065     }
2066
2067     if ( value )
2068     {
2069         wxRect rectMark = rectBorder;
2070 #ifdef __WXMSW__
2071         // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...)
2072         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN/2);
2073         rectMark.x++;
2074         rectMark.y++;
2075 #else // !MSW
2076         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN);
2077 #endif // MSW/!MSW
2078
2079         dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour());
2080         dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark);
2081     }
2082
2083     dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
2084     dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID));
2085     dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder);
2086 }
2087
2088 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2089 // wxGridCellAttr
2090 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2091
2092 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2093 {
2094     m_nRef = 1;
2095
2096     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2097
2098     m_renderer = NULL;
2099     m_editor = NULL;
2100
2101     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2102
2103     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2104     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2105
2106     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2107 }
2108
2109 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2110 {
2111     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2112
2113     if ( HasTextColour() )
2114         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2115     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2116         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2117     if ( HasFont() )
2118         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2119     if ( HasAlignment() )
2120         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2121
2122     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2123
2124     if ( m_renderer )
2125     {
2126         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2127         m_renderer->IncRef();
2128     }
2129     if ( m_editor )
2130     {
2131         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2132         m_editor->IncRef();
2133     }
2134
2135     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2136         attr->SetReadOnly();
2137
2138     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2139
2140     return attr;
2141 }
2142
2143 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2144 {
2145     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2146         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2147     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2148         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2149     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2150         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2151     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ){
2152         int hAlign, vAlign;
2153         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2154         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2155     }
2156     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2157         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2158
2159     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2160     // m_renderer/m_editor
2161     //
2162     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2163     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2164     {
2165         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2166         m_renderer->IncRef();
2167     }
2168     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2169     {
2170         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2171         m_editor->IncRef();
2172     }
2173     if ( !HasReadWriteMode()  && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2174         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2175
2176     if (!HasOverflowMode()  && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2177         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2178
2179     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2180 }
2181
2182 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2183 {
2184     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2185
2186     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2187     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2188     // set to negative or zero values such that
2189     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2190     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2191
2192     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2193
2194     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows>0)&&(num_cols<=0)) ||
2195                   !((num_rows<=0)&&(num_cols>0)) ||
2196                   !((num_rows==0)&&(num_cols==0))),
2197                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2198
2199     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2200     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2201 }
2202
2203 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2204 {
2205     if (HasTextColour())
2206     {
2207         return m_colText;
2208     }
2209     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2210     {
2211         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2212     }
2213     else
2214     {
2215         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2216         return wxNullColour;
2217     }
2218 }
2219
2220
2221 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2222 {
2223     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2224         return m_colBack;
2225     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2226         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2227     else
2228     {
2229         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2230         return wxNullColour;
2231     }
2232 }
2233
2234
2235 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2236 {
2237     if (HasFont())
2238         return m_font;
2239     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2240         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2241     else
2242     {
2243         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2244         return wxNullFont;
2245     }
2246 }
2247
2248
2249 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2250 {
2251     if (HasAlignment())
2252     {
2253         if ( hAlign ) *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2254         if ( vAlign ) *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2255     }
2256     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2257         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2258     else
2259     {
2260         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2261     }
2262 }
2263
2264 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2265 {
2266     if ( num_rows ) *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2267     if ( num_cols ) *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2268 }
2269
2270 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2271 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2272 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2273 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2274 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2275 // registry,) then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2276
2277 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2278 {
2279     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer;
2280
2281     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2282     {
2283         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2284         renderer = m_renderer;
2285         renderer->IncRef();
2286     }
2287     else // no non default cell renderer
2288     {
2289         // get default renderer for the data type
2290         if ( grid )
2291         {
2292             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2293             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2294         }
2295         else
2296         {
2297             renderer = NULL;
2298         }
2299
2300         if ( !renderer )
2301         {
2302             if (m_defGridAttr &&  this != m_defGridAttr )
2303             {
2304                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2305                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2306                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2307             }
2308             else // default grid attr
2309             {
2310                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2311                 renderer = m_renderer;
2312                 if ( renderer )
2313                     renderer->IncRef();
2314             }
2315         }
2316     }
2317
2318     // we're supposed to always find something
2319     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2320
2321     return renderer;
2322 }
2323
2324 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2325 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2326 {
2327     wxGridCellEditor *editor;
2328
2329     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2330     {
2331         // use the cells editor if it has one
2332         editor = m_editor;
2333         editor->IncRef();
2334     }
2335     else // no non default cell editor
2336     {
2337         // get default editor for the data type
2338         if ( grid )
2339         {
2340             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2341             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2342         }
2343         else
2344         {
2345             editor = NULL;
2346         }
2347
2348         if ( !editor )
2349         {
2350             if ( m_defGridAttr && this != m_defGridAttr )
2351             {
2352                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2353                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2354                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2355             }
2356             else // default grid attr
2357             {
2358                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2359                 editor = m_editor;
2360                 if ( editor )
2361                     editor->IncRef();
2362             }
2363         }
2364     }
2365
2366     // we're supposed to always find something
2367     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2368
2369     return editor;
2370 }
2371
2372 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2373 // wxGridCellAttrData
2374 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2375
2376 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2377 {
2378     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2379     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2380     {
2381         // add the attribute
2382         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2383     }
2384     else
2385     {
2386         // free the old attribute
2387         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2388
2389         if ( attr )
2390         {
2391             // change the attribute
2392             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2393         }
2394         else
2395         {
2396             // remove this attribute
2397             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2398         }
2399     }
2400 }
2401
2402 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2403 {
2404     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2405
2406     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2407     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2408     {
2409         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2410         attr->IncRef();
2411     }
2412
2413     return attr;
2414 }
2415
2416 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2417 {
2418     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2419     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2420     {
2421         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2422         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2423         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2424         {
2425             if (numRows > 0)
2426             {
2427                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2428                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2429             }
2430             else if (numRows < 0)
2431             {
2432                 // If rows deleted ...
2433                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2434                 {
2435                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2436                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2437                 }
2438                 else
2439                 {
2440                     // ...or remove the attribute
2441                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2442                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2443                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2444                     n--; count--;
2445                 }
2446             }
2447         }
2448     }
2449 }
2450
2451 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2452 {
2453     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2454     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2455     {
2456         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2457         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2458         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2459         {
2460             if ( numCols > 0 )
2461             {
2462                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2463                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2464             }
2465             else if (numCols < 0)
2466             {
2467                 // If rows deleted ...
2468                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2469                 {
2470                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2471                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2472                 }
2473                 else
2474                 {
2475                     // ...or remove the attribute
2476                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2477                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2478                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2479                     n--; count--;
2480                 }
2481             }
2482         }
2483     }
2484 }
2485
2486 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2487 {
2488     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2489     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2490     {
2491         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2492         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2493         {
2494             return n;
2495         }
2496     }
2497
2498     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2499 }
2500
2501 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2502 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2503 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2504
2505 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2506 {
2507     size_t count = m_attrs.Count();
2508     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2509     {
2510         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2511     }
2512 }
2513
2514 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2515 {
2516     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2517
2518     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2519     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2520     {
2521         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2522         attr->IncRef();
2523     }
2524
2525     return attr;
2526 }
2527
2528 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2529 {
2530     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2531     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2532     {
2533         // add the attribute
2534         m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2535         m_attrs.Add(attr);
2536     }
2537     else
2538     {
2539         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2540         if ( attr )
2541         {
2542             // change the attribute
2543             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2544             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2545         }
2546         else
2547         {
2548             // remove this attribute
2549             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2550             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2551             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2552         }
2553     }
2554 }
2555
2556 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2557 {
2558     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2559     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2560     {
2561         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2562         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2563         {
2564             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2565             {
2566                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2567                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2568             }
2569             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2570             {
2571                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2572                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2573                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2574                 else
2575                 {
2576                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2577                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2578                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2579                     n--; count--;
2580                 }
2581             }
2582         }
2583     }
2584 }
2585
2586 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2587 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2588 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2589
2590 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2591 {
2592     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2593 }
2594
2595 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2596 {
2597     delete m_data;
2598 }
2599
2600 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2601 {
2602     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2603 }
2604
2605 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2606                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2607 {
2608     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2609     if ( m_data )
2610     {
2611         switch(kind)
2612         {
2613             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2614                 //Get cached merge attributes.
2615                 // Currenlty not used as no cache implemented as not mutiable
2616                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2617                 if(!attr)
2618                 {
2619                     //Basicaly implement old version.
2620                     //Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2621                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2622                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2623                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2624
2625                     if((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)){
2626                         // Two or more are non NULL
2627                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2628                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2629
2630                         //Order important..
2631                         if(attrcell){
2632                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2633                             attrcell->DecRef();
2634                         }
2635                         if(attrcol){
2636                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2637                             attrcol->DecRef();
2638                         }
2639                         if(attrrow){
2640                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2641                             attrrow->DecRef();
2642                         }
2643                         //store merge attr if cache implemented
2644                         //attr->IncRef();
2645                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2646                     }
2647                     else
2648                     {
2649                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2650                         if(attrrow) attr = attrrow;
2651                         if(attrcol)
2652                         {
2653                             if(attr)
2654                                 attr->DecRef();
2655                             attr = attrcol;
2656                         }
2657                         if(attrcell)
2658                         {
2659                             if(attr)
2660                                 attr->DecRef();
2661                             attr = attrcell;
2662                         }
2663                     }
2664                 }
2665             break;
2666             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2667                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2668             break;
2669             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2670                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2671             break;
2672             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2673                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2674             break;
2675             default:
2676                 // unused as yet...
2677                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2678                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2679             break;
2680         }
2681     }
2682     return attr;
2683 }
2684
2685 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2686                                      int row, int col)
2687 {
2688     if ( !m_data )
2689         InitData();
2690
2691     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2692 }
2693
2694 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2695 {
2696     if ( !m_data )
2697         InitData();
2698
2699     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2700 }
2701
2702 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2703 {
2704     if ( !m_data )
2705         InitData();
2706
2707     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2708 }
2709
2710 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2711 {
2712     if ( m_data )
2713     {
2714         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2715
2716         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2717     }
2718 }
2719
2720 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2721 {
2722     if ( m_data )
2723     {
2724         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2725
2726         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2727     }
2728 }
2729
2730 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2731 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2732 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2733
2734 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2735 {
2736     size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count();
2737     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2738         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2739 }
2740
2741
2742 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2743                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2744                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2745 {
2746     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2747
2748     // is it already registered?
2749     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2750     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2751     {
2752         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2753         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2754     }
2755     else
2756     {
2757         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2758     }
2759 }
2760
2761 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2762 {
2763     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2764     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2765     {
2766         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2767         {
2768             return i;
2769         }
2770     }
2771
2772     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2773 }
2774
2775 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2776 {
2777     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2778     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2779     {
2780         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
2781         // register it "on the fly"
2782 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2783         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
2784         {
2785             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
2786                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2787                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
2788         } else
2789 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2790 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2791         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
2792         {
2793             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
2794                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
2795                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
2796         } else
2797 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2798 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2799         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
2800         {
2801             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
2802                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
2803                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
2804         }
2805         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
2806         {
2807             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
2808                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
2809                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
2810         } else
2811 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2812 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2813         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
2814         {
2815             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
2816                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2817                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
2818         } else
2819 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2820         {
2821             return wxNOT_FOUND;
2822         }
2823
2824         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
2825         // the last index
2826         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
2827     }
2828
2829     return index;
2830 }
2831
2832 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2833 {
2834     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
2835     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2836     {
2837         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
2838         // are the parameters for the renderer
2839         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
2840         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2841         {
2842             return wxNOT_FOUND;
2843         }
2844
2845         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
2846         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
2847         renderer = renderer->Clone();
2848         rendererOld->DecRef();
2849
2850         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
2851         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
2852         editor = editor->Clone();
2853         editorOld->DecRef();
2854
2855         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
2856         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
2857         renderer->SetParameters(params);
2858         editor->SetParameters(params);
2859
2860         // register the new typename
2861         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
2862
2863         // we just registered it, it's the last one
2864         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
2865     }
2866
2867     return index;
2868 }
2869
2870 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
2871 {
2872     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
2873     if (renderer)
2874         renderer->IncRef();
2875     return renderer;
2876 }
2877
2878 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
2879 {
2880     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
2881     if (editor)
2882         editor->IncRef();
2883     return editor;
2884 }
2885
2886 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2887 // wxGridTableBase
2888 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2889
2890 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
2891
2892
2893 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
2894 {
2895     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
2896     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
2897 }
2898
2899 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
2900 {
2901     delete m_attrProvider;
2902 }
2903
2904 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
2905 {
2906     delete m_attrProvider;
2907     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
2908 }
2909
2910 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
2911 {
2912     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
2913     {
2914         // use the default attr provider by default
2915         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
2916     }
2917     return true;
2918 }
2919
2920 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
2921 {
2922     if ( m_attrProvider )
2923         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
2924     else
2925         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2926 }
2927
2928
2929 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
2930 {
2931     if ( m_attrProvider )
2932     {
2933         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
2934         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2935     }
2936     else
2937     {
2938         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
2939         // free it now
2940         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
2941     }
2942 }
2943
2944 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2945 {
2946     if ( m_attrProvider )
2947     {
2948         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
2949         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
2950     }
2951     else
2952     {
2953         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
2954         // free it now
2955         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
2956     }
2957 }
2958
2959 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2960 {
2961     if ( m_attrProvider )
2962     {
2963         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
2964         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
2965     }
2966     else
2967     {
2968         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
2969         // free it now
2970         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
2971     }
2972 }
2973
2974 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
2975                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
2976 {
2977     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
2978
2979     return false;
2980 }
2981
2982 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
2983 {
2984     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
2985
2986     return false;
2987 }
2988
2989 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
2990                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
2991 {
2992     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
2993
2994     return false;
2995 }
2996
2997 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
2998                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
2999 {
3000     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3001
3002     return false;
3003 }
3004
3005 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3006 {
3007     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3008
3009     return false;
3010 }
3011
3012 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3013                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3014 {
3015     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3016
3017     return false;
3018 }
3019
3020
3021 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3022 {
3023     wxString s;
3024     s << row + 1; // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, no matter
3025                   //     how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3026     return s;
3027 }
3028
3029 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3030 {
3031     // default col labels are:
3032     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3033     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3034     //   etc.
3035
3036     wxString s;
3037     unsigned int i, n;
3038     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3039     {
3040         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)( col%26 ));
3041         col = col/26 - 1;
3042         if ( col < 0 ) break;
3043     }
3044
3045     // reverse the string...
3046     wxString s2;
3047     for ( i = 0;  i < n;  i++ )
3048     {
3049         s2 += s[n-i-1];
3050     }
3051
3052     return s2;
3053 }
3054
3055
3056 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3057 {
3058     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3059 }
3060
3061 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3062                                      const wxString& typeName )
3063 {
3064     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3065 }
3066
3067 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3068 {
3069     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3070 }
3071
3072 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3073 {
3074     return 0;
3075 }
3076
3077 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3078 {
3079     return 0.0;
3080 }
3081
3082 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3083 {
3084     return false;
3085 }
3086
3087 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3088                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3089 {
3090 }
3091
3092 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3093                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3094 {
3095 }
3096
3097 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3098                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3099 {
3100 }
3101
3102
3103 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3104                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3105 {
3106     return NULL;
3107 }
3108
3109 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3110                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3111                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3112 {
3113 }
3114
3115 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3116 //
3117 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3118 // to the grid view
3119 //
3120
3121 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3122 {
3123     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3124     m_id = -1;
3125     m_comInt1 = -1;
3126     m_comInt2 = -1;
3127 }
3128
3129 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3130                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3131 {
3132     m_table = table;
3133     m_id = id;
3134     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3135     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3136 }
3137
3138
3139
3140 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3141 //
3142 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3143 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3144 //
3145
3146 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3147
3148 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3149
3150 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3151         : wxGridTableBase()
3152 {
3153 }
3154
3155 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3156         : wxGridTableBase()
3157 {
3158     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3159
3160     wxArrayString sa;
3161     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3162     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3163
3164     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3165 }
3166
3167 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3168 {
3169 }
3170
3171 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3172 {
3173     return m_data.GetCount();
3174 }
3175
3176 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3177 {
3178     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3179         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3180     else
3181         return 0;
3182 }
3183
3184 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3185 {
3186     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3187                  wxEmptyString,
3188                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3189
3190     return m_data[row][col];
3191 }
3192
3193 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3194 {
3195     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3196                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3197
3198     m_data[row][col] = value;
3199 }
3200
3201 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3202 {
3203     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3204                  true,
3205                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3206
3207     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3208 }
3209
3210 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3211 {
3212     int row, col;
3213     int numRows, numCols;
3214
3215     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3216     if ( numRows > 0 )
3217     {
3218         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3219
3220         for ( row = 0;  row < numRows;  row++ )
3221         {
3222             for ( col = 0;  col < numCols;  col++ )
3223             {
3224                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3225             }
3226         }
3227     }
3228 }
3229
3230
3231 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3232 {
3233     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3234     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3235                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3236
3237     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3238     {
3239         return AppendRows( numRows );
3240     }
3241
3242     wxArrayString sa;
3243     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3244     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3245     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3246     if ( GetView() )
3247     {
3248         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3249                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3250                                 pos,
3251                                 numRows );
3252
3253         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3254     }
3255
3256     return true;
3257 }
3258
3259 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3260 {
3261     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3262     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3263                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3264
3265     wxArrayString sa;
3266     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3267     {
3268         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3269         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3270     }
3271
3272     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3273
3274     if ( GetView() )
3275     {
3276         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3277                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3278                                 numRows );
3279
3280         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3281     }
3282
3283     return true;
3284 }
3285
3286 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3287 {
3288     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3289
3290     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3291     {
3292         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3293                     (
3294                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3295                         (unsigned long)pos,
3296                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3297                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3298                     ) );
3299
3300         return false;
3301     }
3302
3303     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3304     {
3305         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3306     }
3307
3308     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3309     {
3310         m_data.Clear();
3311     }
3312     else
3313     {
3314         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3315     }
3316     if ( GetView() )
3317     {
3318         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3319                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3320                                 pos,
3321                                 numRows );
3322
3323         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3324     }
3325
3326     return true;
3327 }
3328
3329 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3330 {
3331     size_t row, col;
3332
3333     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3334     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3335                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3336
3337     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3338     {
3339         return AppendCols( numCols );
3340     }
3341
3342     for ( row = 0;  row < curNumRows;  row++ )
3343     {
3344         for ( col = pos;  col < pos + numCols;  col++ )
3345         {
3346             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3347         }
3348     }
3349     if ( GetView() )
3350     {
3351         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3352                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3353                                 pos,
3354                                 numCols );
3355
3356         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3357     }
3358
3359     return true;
3360 }
3361
3362 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3363 {
3364     size_t row;
3365
3366     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3367 #if 0
3368     if ( !curNumRows )
3369     {
3370         // TODO: something better than this ?
3371         //
3372         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3373         return false;
3374     }
3375 #endif
3376
3377     for ( row = 0;  row < curNumRows;  row++ )
3378     {
3379         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3380     }
3381
3382     if ( GetView() )
3383     {
3384         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3385                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3386                                 numCols );
3387
3388         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3389     }
3390
3391     return true;
3392 }
3393
3394 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3395 {
3396     size_t row;
3397
3398     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3399     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3400                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3401
3402     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3403     {
3404         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3405                     (
3406                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3407                         (unsigned long)pos,
3408                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3409                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3410                     ) );
3411         return false;
3412     }
3413
3414     if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos )
3415     {
3416         numCols = curNumCols - pos;
3417     }
3418
3419     for ( row = 0;  row < curNumRows;  row++ )
3420     {
3421         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3422         {
3423             m_data[row].Clear();
3424         }
3425         else
3426         {
3427             m_data[row].RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3428         }
3429     }
3430     if ( GetView() )
3431     {
3432         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3433                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3434                                 pos,
3435                                 numCols );
3436
3437         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3438     }
3439
3440     return true;
3441 }
3442
3443 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3444 {
3445     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3446     {
3447         // using default label
3448         //
3449         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3450     }
3451     else
3452     {
3453         return m_rowLabels[ row ];
3454     }
3455 }
3456
3457 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3458 {
3459     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3460     {
3461         // using default label
3462         //
3463         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3464     }
3465     else
3466     {
3467         return m_colLabels[ col ];
3468     }
3469 }
3470
3471 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3472 {
3473     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3474     {
3475         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3476         int i;
3477         for ( i = n;  i <= row;  i++ )
3478         {
3479             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3480         }
3481     }
3482
3483     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3484 }
3485
3486 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3487 {
3488     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3489     {
3490         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3491         int i;
3492         for ( i = n;  i <= col;  i++ )
3493         {
3494             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3495         }
3496     }
3497
3498     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3499 }
3500
3501
3502
3503 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3504 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3505
3506 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3507
3508 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3509     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3510     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3511     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3512     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3513     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3514     EVT_CHAR ( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar )
3515 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3516
3517 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3518                                             wxWindowID id,
3519                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3520   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3521 {
3522     m_owner = parent;
3523 }
3524
3525 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3526 {
3527     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3528
3529     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3530     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3531     // set the y coord  - MB
3532     //
3533     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3534
3535     int x, y;
3536     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3537     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y );
3538
3539     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3540     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc , rows );
3541 }
3542
3543
3544 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3545 {
3546     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3547 }
3548
3549
3550 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3551 {
3552     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3553 }
3554
3555
3556 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3557 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3558 //
3559 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3560 {
3561     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3562 }
3563
3564 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3565 {
3566     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3567 }
3568
3569 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3570 {
3571     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3572 }
3573
3574
3575
3576 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3577
3578 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3579
3580 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3581     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3582     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3583     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3584     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3585     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3586     EVT_CHAR ( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar )
3587 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3588
3589 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3590                                             wxWindowID id,
3591                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3592   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3593 {
3594     m_owner = parent;
3595 }
3596
3597 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3598 {
3599     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3600
3601     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3602     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3603     // set the x coord  - MB
3604     //
3605     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3606
3607     int x, y;
3608     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3609     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 );
3610
3611     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3612     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc , cols );
3613 }
3614
3615
3616 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3617 {
3618     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3619 }
3620
3621 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3622 {
3623     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3624 }
3625
3626
3627 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3628 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3629 //
3630 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3631 {
3632     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3633 }
3634
3635 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3636 {
3637     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3638 }
3639
3640 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3641 {
3642     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3643 }
3644
3645
3646 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3647
3648 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3649
3650 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3651     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3652     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3653     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint)
3654     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3655     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3656     EVT_CHAR ( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar )
3657 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3658
3659 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3660                                                   wxWindowID id,
3661                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3662   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3663 {
3664     m_owner = parent;
3665 }
3666
3667 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3668 {
3669     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3670
3671     int client_height = 0;
3672     int client_width = 0;
3673     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3674
3675 #if __WXGTK__
3676     wxRect rect;
3677     rect.SetX( 1 );
3678     rect.SetY( 1 );
3679     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3680     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3681
3682     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3683 #else
3684     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW),1, wxSOLID) );
3685     dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, client_width-1, 0 );
3686     dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, 0, client_height-1 );
3687     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3688     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3689
3690     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3691     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width-1, 1 );
3692     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height-1 );
3693 #endif
3694 }
3695
3696
3697 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3698 {
3699     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3700 }
3701
3702
3703 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3704 {
3705     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3706 }
3707
3708 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3709 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3710 //
3711 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3712 {
3713     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3714 }
3715
3716 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3717 {
3718     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3719 }
3720
3721 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3722 {
3723     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3724 }
3725
3726
3727 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3728
3729 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3730
3731 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3732     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3733     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3734     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3735     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3736     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3737     EVT_CHAR ( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3738     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3739     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3740     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3741 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3742
3743 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3744                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3745                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3746                             wxWindowID id,
3747                             const wxPoint &pos,
3748                             const wxSize &size )
3749             : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxCLIP_CHILDREN|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE,
3750                         wxT("grid window") )
3751
3752 {
3753     m_owner = parent;
3754     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3755     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3756 }
3757
3758
3759 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3760 {
3761     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3762     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3763     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3764     wxGridCellCoordsArray DirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3765     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc , DirtyCells);
3766 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3767     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3768 #endif
3769     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3770     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc , DirtyCells );
3771 }
3772
3773
3774 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3775 {
3776     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
3777     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
3778     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
3779 }
3780
3781
3782 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3783 {
3784     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
3785         SetFocus();
3786
3787     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
3788 }
3789
3790 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3791 {
3792     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3793 }
3794
3795 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
3796 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3797 //
3798 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3799 {
3800     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3801 }
3802
3803 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3804 {
3805     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3806 }
3807
3808 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3809 {
3810     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3811 }
3812
3813 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3814 {
3815 }
3816
3817 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
3818 {
3819     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3820         event.Skip();
3821 }
3822
3823 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3824
3825 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
3826 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
3827 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
3828 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
3829
3830 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
3831
3832 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
3833                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
3834                            bool clipToMinMax);
3835
3836 #define internalXToCol(x) CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth, \
3837                                           m_minAcceptableColWidth, \
3838                                           m_colRights, m_numCols, true)
3839 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
3840                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
3841                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
3842 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3843
3844 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
3845 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
3846
3847 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
3848     // new style border flags, we put them first to
3849     // use them for streaming out
3850     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
3851     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
3852     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
3853     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
3854     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
3855     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
3856
3857     // old style border flags
3858     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
3859     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
3860     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
3861     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
3862     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
3863     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
3864
3865     // standard window styles
3866     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
3867     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
3868     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
3869     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
3870     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
3871     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB )
3872     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
3873     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
3874
3875 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
3876
3877 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
3878
3879 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
3880     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
3881     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
3882 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
3883
3884 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
3885 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
3886
3887 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
3888
3889 /*
3890  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout etc. via appropriate objects (\81à la NotebookPageInfo)
3891 */
3892 #else
3893 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
3894 #endif
3895
3896 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
3897     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
3898     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
3899     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
3900     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
3901     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
3902     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
3903 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3904
3905 wxGrid::wxGrid()
3906 {
3907     // in order to make sure that a size event is not
3908     // trigerred in a unfinished state
3909     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL ;
3910     m_rowLabelWin = NULL ;
3911     m_colLabelWin = NULL ;
3912     m_gridWin = NULL ;
3913 }
3914
3915 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
3916                  wxWindowID id,
3917                  const wxPoint& pos,
3918                  const wxSize& size,
3919                  long style,
3920                  const wxString& name )
3921   : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ),
3922     m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE),
3923     m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE)
3924 {
3925     Create();
3926     SetBestFittingSize(size);
3927 }
3928
3929 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
3930                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
3931                           long style, const wxString& name)
3932 {
3933     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
3934                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS , name))
3935         return false;
3936
3937     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE) ;
3938     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE) ;
3939
3940     Create() ;
3941     SetBestFittingSize(size);
3942
3943     return true;
3944 }
3945
3946
3947 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
3948 {
3949     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
3950     SetTargetWindow(this);
3951     ClearAttrCache();
3952     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
3953
3954 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
3955     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
3956     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
3957                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
3958              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
3959              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
3960 #endif
3961
3962     if (m_ownTable)
3963         delete m_table;
3964
3965     delete m_typeRegistry;
3966     delete m_selection;
3967 }
3968
3969
3970 //
3971 // ----- internal init and update functions
3972 //
3973
3974 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
3975 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
3976 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
3977
3978 #if _USE_VISATTR
3979 #include "wx/listbox.h"
3980 #endif
3981
3982 void wxGrid::Create()
3983 {
3984     m_created = false;    // set to true by CreateGrid
3985
3986     m_table        = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3987     m_ownTable     = false;
3988
3989     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
3990
3991     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
3992
3993     // Set default cell attributes
3994     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
3995     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
3996     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
3997     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
3998     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
3999     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4000
4001 #if _USE_VISATTR
4002     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4003     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4004
4005     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4006     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4007
4008 #else
4009     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4010         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4011     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4012         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4013 #endif
4014
4015     m_numRows = 0;
4016     m_numCols = 0;
4017     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4018
4019     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4020     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4021
4022     // create the type registry
4023     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4024     m_selection = NULL;
4025
4026     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4027     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4028                                                     wxID_ANY,
4029                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4030                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4031
4032     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4033                                               wxID_ANY,
4034                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4035                                               wxDefaultSize );
4036
4037     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4038                                               wxID_ANY,
4039                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4040                                               wxDefaultSize );
4041
4042     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4043                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4044                                   m_colLabelWin,
4045                                   wxID_ANY,
4046                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4047                                   wxDefaultSize );
4048
4049     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4050
4051 #if _USE_VISATTR
4052     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4053     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4054     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4055     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4056 #else
4057     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4058     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4059     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4060     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4061 #endif
4062     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4063     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4064     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4065     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4066     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4067     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4068
4069     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4070     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4071
4072     Init();
4073 }
4074
4075
4076 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4077                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4078 {
4079     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4080                  false,
4081                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4082
4083     m_numRows = numRows;
4084     m_numCols = numCols;
4085
4086     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4087     m_table->SetView( this );
4088     m_ownTable = true;
4089     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4090
4091     CalcDimensions();
4092
4093     m_created = true;
4094
4095     return m_created;
4096 }
4097
4098 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4099 {
4100     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4101                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4102
4103     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4104 }
4105
4106 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4107 {
4108     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4109                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4110
4111     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4112 }
4113
4114 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4115                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4116 {
4117     if ( m_created )
4118     {
4119         // stop all processing
4120         m_created = false;
4121
4122         if (m_ownTable)
4123         {
4124             wxGridTableBase *t=m_table;
4125             m_table=0;
4126             delete t;
4127         }
4128         delete m_selection;
4129
4130         m_table=0;
4131         m_selection=0;
4132         m_numRows=0;
4133         m_numCols=0;
4134     }
4135     if (table)
4136     {
4137         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4138         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4139
4140         m_table = table;
4141         m_table->SetView( this );
4142         if (takeOwnership)
4143             m_ownTable = true;
4144         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4145
4146         CalcDimensions();
4147
4148         m_created = true;
4149     }
4150
4151     return m_created;
4152 }
4153
4154
4155 void wxGrid::Init()
4156 {
4157     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4158     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4159
4160     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4161     {
4162         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4163     }
4164     else
4165     {
4166         m_labelBackgroundColour = wxColour( _T("WHITE") );
4167     }
4168
4169     m_labelTextColour = wxColour( _T("BLACK") );
4170
4171     // init attr cache
4172     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4173     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4174     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4175
4176     // TODO: something better than this ?
4177     //
4178     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4179     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4180
4181     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4182     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4183
4184     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4185     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4186     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4187
4188     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4189     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4190
4191     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4192     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4193
4194 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4195     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4196 #else
4197     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4198 #endif
4199
4200     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4201     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4202     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4203     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4204     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4205
4206     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4207     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4208     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4209     m_canDragColSize = true;
4210     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4211     m_canDragCell = false;
4212     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4213     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4214     m_isDragging = false;
4215     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4216
4217     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4218
4219     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4220     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4221
4222     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4223
4224     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4225     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4226     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4227     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4228
4229     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4230
4231     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4232     m_batchCount = 0;
4233
4234     m_extraWidth =
4235     m_extraHeight = 0;
4236
4237     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4238     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4239 }
4240
4241 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4242 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4243 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4244 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4245 // arrays at all
4246 //
4247 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the
4248 // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later...
4249 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4250
4251 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4252 {
4253     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4254     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4255
4256     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4257     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4258
4259     int rowBottom = 0;
4260
4261     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4262
4263     for ( int i = 0;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4264     {
4265         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4266         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4267     }
4268 }
4269
4270 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4271 {
4272     m_colWidths.Empty();
4273     m_colRights.Empty();
4274
4275     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4276     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4277     int colRight = 0;
4278
4279     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4280
4281     for ( int i = 0;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4282     {
4283         colRight += m_defaultColWidth;
4284         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4285     }
4286 }
4287
4288 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4289 {
4290     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4291 }
4292
4293 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4294 {
4295     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? col * m_defaultColWidth
4296                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4297 }
4298
4299 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4300 {
4301     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (col + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4302                                  : m_colRights[col];
4303 }
4304
4305 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4306 {
4307     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4308 }
4309
4310 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4311 {
4312     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4313                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4314 }
4315
4316 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4317 {
4318     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4319                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4320 }
4321
4322 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4323 {
4324     int cw, ch;
4325     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4326
4327     if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4328         cw -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4329     if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4330         ch -= m_colLabelHeight;
4331
4332     // grid total size
4333     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0;
4334     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0;
4335
4336     // take into account editor if shown
4337     if( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4338     {
4339       int w2, h2;
4340       int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4341       int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4342       int x = GetColLeft(c);
4343       int y = GetRowTop(r);
4344
4345       // how big is the editor
4346       wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4347       wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4348       editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4349       w2 += x;
4350       h2 += y;
4351       if( w2 > w ) w = w2;
4352       if( h2 > h ) h = h2;
4353       editor->DecRef();
4354       attr->DecRef();
4355     }
4356
4357     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4358     int x, y;
4359     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4360
4361     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4362     if ( x >= w )
4363         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4364     if ( y >= h )
4365         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4366
4367     // do set scrollbar parameters
4368     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4369                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), x, y,
4370                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4371
4372     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4373     // still must reposition the children
4374     CalcWindowSizes();
4375 }
4376
4377
4378 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4379 {
4380     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4381
4382     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4383         return ;
4384
4385     int cw, ch;
4386     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4387
4388     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4389         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4390
4391     if (  m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4392         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight);
4393
4394     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4395         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight);
4396
4397     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4398         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight);
4399 }
4400
4401
4402 // this is called when the grid table sends a message to say that it
4403 // has been redimensioned
4404 //
4405 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4406 {
4407     int i;
4408     bool result = false;
4409
4410     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4411     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4412     ClearAttrCache();
4413     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4414     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4415     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4416     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4417     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4418     HideCellEditControl();
4419 #if 0
4420     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4421     // now
4422     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4423     {
4424         InitColWidths();
4425     }
4426
4427     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4428     {
4429         InitRowHeights();
4430     }
4431 #endif
4432
4433     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4434     {
4435         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4436         {
4437             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4438             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4439
4440             m_numRows += numRows;
4441
4442             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4443             {
4444                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4445                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4446
4447                 int bottom = 0;
4448                 if ( pos > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos-1];
4449
4450                 for ( i = pos;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4451                 {
4452                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4453                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4454                 }
4455             }
4456             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4457             {
4458                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4459                 // cell will be undefined...
4460                 //
4461                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4462             }
4463
4464             if ( m_selection )
4465                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4466             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4467             if (attrProvider)
4468                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4469
4470             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4471             {
4472                 CalcDimensions();
4473                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4474             }
4475         }
4476         result = true;
4477         break;
4478
4479         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4480         {
4481             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4482             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4483             m_numRows += numRows;
4484
4485             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4486             {
4487                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4488                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4489
4490                 int bottom = 0;
4491                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows-1];
4492
4493                 for ( i = oldNumRows;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4494                 {
4495                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4496                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4497                 }
4498             }
4499             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4500             {
4501                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4502                 // cell will be undefined...
4503                 //
4504                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4505             }
4506             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4507             {
4508                 CalcDimensions();
4509                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4510             }
4511         }
4512         result = true;
4513         break;
4514
4515         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4516         {
4517             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4518             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4519             m_numRows -= numRows;
4520
4521             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4522             {
4523                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4524                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4525
4526                 int h = 0;
4527                 for ( i = 0;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4528                 {
4529                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4530                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4531                 }
4532             }
4533             if ( !m_numRows )
4534             {
4535                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4536             }
4537             else
4538             {
4539                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4540                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4541             }
4542
4543             if ( m_selection )
4544                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4545             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4546             if (attrProvider) {
4547                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4548 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4549 #if 0
4550                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4551                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4552                 // all column attributes.
4553                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4554                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4555                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4556                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4557 #endif
4558             }
4559             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4560             {
4561                 CalcDimensions();
4562                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4563             }
4564         }
4565         result = true;
4566         break;
4567
4568         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4569         {
4570             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4571             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4572             m_numCols += numCols;
4573
4574             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4575             {
4576                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4577                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4578
4579                 int right = 0;
4580                 if ( pos > 0 ) right = m_colRights[pos-1];
4581
4582                 for ( i = pos;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4583                 {
4584                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4585                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4586                 }
4587             }
4588             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4589             {
4590                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4591                 // cell will be undefined...
4592                 //
4593                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4594             }
4595
4596             if ( m_selection )
4597                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4598             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4599             if (attrProvider)
4600                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4601             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4602             {
4603                 CalcDimensions();
4604                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4605             }
4606
4607         }
4608         result = true;
4609         break;
4610
4611         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4612         {
4613             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4614             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4615             m_numCols += numCols;
4616             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4617             {
4618                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4619                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4620
4621                 int right = 0;
4622                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) right = m_colRights[oldNumCols-1];
4623
4624                 for ( i = oldNumCols;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4625                 {
4626                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4627                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4628                 }
4629             }
4630             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4631             {
4632                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4633                 // cell will be undefined...
4634                 //
4635                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4636             }
4637             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4638             {
4639                 CalcDimensions();
4640                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4641             }
4642         }
4643         result = true;
4644         break;
4645
4646         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4647         {
4648             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4649             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4650             m_numCols -= numCols;
4651
4652             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4653             {
4654                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4655                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4656
4657                 int w = 0;
4658                 for ( i = 0;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4659                 {
4660                     w += m_colWidths[i];
4661                     m_colRights[i] = w;
4662                 }
4663             }
4664             if ( !m_numCols )
4665             {
4666                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4667             }
4668             else
4669             {
4670                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
4671                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4672             }
4673
4674             if ( m_selection )
4675                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4676             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4677             if (attrProvider) {
4678                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4679 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4680 #if 0
4681                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
4682                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
4683                 // all row attributes.
4684                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4685                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
4686                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
4687                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
4688 #endif
4689             }
4690             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4691             {
4692                 CalcDimensions();
4693                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4694             }
4695         }
4696         result = true;
4697         break;
4698     }
4699
4700     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
4701         m_gridWin->Refresh();
4702     return result;
4703 }
4704
4705
4706 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4707 {
4708     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4709     wxRect r;
4710
4711     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
4712
4713     int top, bottom;
4714     while ( iter )
4715     {
4716         r = iter.GetRect();
4717
4718         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4719         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4720         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4721         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4722         //
4723 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4724         int cw, ch;
4725         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4726         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
4727         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
4728 #endif
4729
4730         // logical bounds of update region
4731         //
4732         int dummy;
4733         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
4734         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
4735
4736         // find the row labels within these bounds
4737         //
4738         int row;
4739         for ( row = internalYToRow(top);  row < m_numRows;  row++ )
4740         {
4741             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
4742                 continue;
4743
4744             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
4745                 break;
4746
4747             rowlabels.Add( row );
4748         }
4749
4750         ++iter;
4751     }
4752
4753     return rowlabels;
4754 }
4755
4756
4757 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4758 {
4759     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4760     wxRect r;
4761
4762     wxArrayInt colLabels;
4763
4764     int left, right;
4765     while ( iter )
4766     {
4767         r = iter.GetRect();
4768
4769         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4770         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4771         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4772         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4773         //
4774 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4775         int cw, ch;
4776         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4777         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
4778         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
4779 #endif
4780
4781         // logical bounds of update region
4782         //
4783         int dummy;
4784         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
4785         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
4786
4787         // find the cells within these bounds
4788         //
4789         int col;
4790         for ( col = internalXToCol(left);  col < m_numCols;  col++ )
4791         {
4792             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
4793                 continue;
4794
4795             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
4796                 break;
4797
4798             colLabels.Add( col );
4799         }
4800
4801         ++iter;
4802     }
4803     return colLabels;
4804 }
4805
4806
4807 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4808 {
4809     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4810     wxRect r;
4811
4812     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
4813
4814     int left, top, right, bottom;
4815     while ( iter )
4816     {
4817         r = iter.GetRect();
4818
4819         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4820         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4821         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4822         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4823         //
4824 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4825         int cw, ch;
4826         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4827         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
4828         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
4829         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
4830         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
4831 #endif
4832
4833         // logical bounds of update region
4834         //
4835         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
4836         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
4837
4838         // find the cells within these bounds
4839         //
4840         int row, col;
4841         for ( row = internalYToRow(top);  row < m_numRows;  row++ )
4842         {
4843             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
4844                 continue;
4845
4846             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
4847                 break;
4848
4849             for ( col = internalXToCol(left);  col < m_numCols;  col++ )
4850             {
4851                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
4852                     continue;
4853
4854                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
4855                     break;
4856
4857                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
4858             }
4859         }
4860
4861         ++iter;
4862     }
4863
4864     return cellsExposed;
4865 }
4866
4867
4868 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4869 {
4870     int x, y, row;
4871     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
4872     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
4873
4874     if ( event.Dragging() )
4875     {
4876         if (!m_isDragging)
4877         {
4878             m_isDragging = true;
4879             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
4880         }
4881
4882         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
4883         {
4884             switch( m_cursorMode )
4885             {
4886                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
4887                 {
4888                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
4889                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4890                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
4891
4892                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
4893                     PrepareDC( dc );
4894                     y = wxMax( y,
4895                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
4896                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
4897                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
4898                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
4899                     {
4900                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
4901                     }
4902                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
4903                     m_dragLastPos = y;
4904                 }
4905                 break;
4906
4907                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
4908                 {
4909                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
4910                     {
4911                         if ( m_selection )
4912                         {
4913                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
4914                                                     event.ControlDown(),
4915                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
4916                                                     event.AltDown(),
4917                                                     event.MetaDown() );
4918                         }
4919                     }
4920                 }
4921                 break;
4922
4923                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
4924                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
4925                 default:
4926                     break;
4927             }
4928         }
4929         return;
4930     }
4931
4932     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
4933         return;
4934
4935     if (m_isDragging)
4936     {
4937         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
4938         m_isDragging = false;
4939     }
4940
4941     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
4942     //
4943     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
4944     {
4945         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
4946     }
4947
4948
4949     // ------------ Left button pressed
4950     //
4951     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
4952     {
4953         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
4954         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
4955         // wanting to resize the row
4956         //
4957         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
4958         {
4959             row = YToRow(y);
4960             if ( row >= 0  &&
4961                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
4962             {
4963                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() )
4964                     ClearSelection();
4965                 if ( m_selection )
4966                 {
4967                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
4968                     {
4969                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
4970                                                   0,
4971                                                   row,
4972                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
4973                                                   event.ControlDown(),
4974                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
4975                                                   event.AltDown(),
4976                                                   event.MetaDown() );
4977                     }
4978                     else
4979                     {
4980                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
4981                                                 event.ControlDown(),
4982                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
4983                                                 event.AltDown(),
4984                                                 event.MetaDown() );
4985                     }
4986                 }
4987
4988                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
4989             }
4990         }
4991         else
4992         {
4993             // starting to drag-resize a row
4994             //
4995             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
4996                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
4997         }
4998     }
4999
5000
5001     // ------------ Left double click
5002     //
5003     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5004     {
5005         int row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5006         if ( row < 0 )
5007         {
5008             row = YToRow(y);
5009             if ( row >=0 &&
5010                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5011             {
5012                 // no default action at the moment
5013             }
5014         }
5015         else
5016         {
5017             // adjust row height depending on label text
5018             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5019
5020             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5021             m_dragLastPos  = -1;
5022         }
5023     }
5024
5025
5026     // ------------ Left button released
5027     //
5028     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5029     {
5030         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5031         {
5032             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5033
5034             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5035             // default processing in this case
5036             //
5037             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5038         }
5039
5040         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5041         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5042     }
5043
5044
5045     // ------------ Right button down
5046     //
5047     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5048     {
5049         row = YToRow(y);
5050         if ( row >=0 &&
5051              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5052         {
5053             // no default action at the moment
5054         }
5055     }
5056
5057
5058     // ------------ Right double click
5059     //
5060     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5061     {
5062         row = YToRow(y);
5063         if ( row >= 0 &&
5064              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5065         {
5066             // no default action at the moment
5067         }
5068     }
5069
5070
5071     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5072     //
5073     else if ( event.Moving() )
5074     {
5075         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5076         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5077         {
5078             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5079             {
5080                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5081                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5082                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5083             }
5084         }
5085         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5086         {
5087             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5088         }
5089     }
5090 }
5091
5092
5093 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5094 {
5095     int x, y, col;
5096     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5097     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5098
5099     if ( event.Dragging() )
5100     {
5101         if (!m_isDragging)
5102         {
5103             m_isDragging = true;
5104             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5105         }
5106
5107         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5108         {
5109             switch( m_cursorMode )
5110             {
5111                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5112                 {
5113                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5114                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5115                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5116
5117                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5118                     PrepareDC( dc );
5119
5120                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5121                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5122                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5123                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5124                     {
5125                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch );
5126                     }
5127                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch );
5128                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5129                 }
5130                 break;
5131
5132                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5133                 {
5134                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5135                     {
5136                         if ( m_selection )
5137                         {
5138                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5139                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5140                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5141                                                     event.AltDown(),
5142                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5143                         }
5144                     }
5145                 }
5146                 break;
5147
5148                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5149                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5150                 default:
5151                     break;
5152             }
5153         }
5154         return;
5155     }
5156
5157     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5158         return;
5159
5160     if (m_isDragging)
5161     {
5162         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture()) m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5163         m_isDragging = false;
5164     }
5165
5166     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5167     //
5168     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5169     {
5170         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5171     }
5172
5173
5174     // ------------ Left button pressed
5175     //
5176     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5177     {
5178         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5179         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5180         // wanting to resize the col
5181         //
5182         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5183         {
5184             col = XToCol(x);
5185             if ( col >= 0  &&
5186                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5187             {
5188                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() )
5189                     ClearSelection();
5190                 if ( m_selection )
5191                 {
5192                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5193                     {
5194                         m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5195                                                   m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5196                                                   GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5197                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5198                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5199                                                   event.AltDown(),
5200                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5201                     }
5202                     else
5203                     {
5204                         m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5205                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5206                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5207                                                 event.AltDown(),
5208                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5209                     }
5210                 }
5211
5212                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5213             }
5214         }
5215         else
5216         {
5217             // starting to drag-resize a col
5218             //
5219             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5220                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5221         }
5222     }
5223
5224
5225     // ------------ Left double click
5226     //
5227     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5228     {
5229         int col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5230         if ( col < 0 )
5231         {
5232             col = XToCol(x);
5233             if ( col >= 0 &&
5234                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5235             {
5236                 // no default action at the moment
5237             }
5238         }
5239         else
5240         {
5241             // adjust column width depending on label text
5242             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5243
5244             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5245             m_dragLastPos  = -1;
5246         }
5247     }
5248
5249
5250     // ------------ Left button released
5251     //
5252     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5253     {
5254         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5255         {
5256             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5257
5258             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5259             // default processing in this case
5260             //
5261             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5262         }
5263
5264         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5265         m_dragLastPos  = -1;
5266     }
5267
5268
5269     // ------------ Right button down
5270     //
5271     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5272     {
5273         col = XToCol(x);
5274         if ( col >= 0 &&
5275              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5276         {
5277             // no default action at the moment
5278         }
5279     }
5280
5281
5282     // ------------ Right double click
5283     //
5284     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5285     {
5286         col = XToCol(x);
5287         if ( col >= 0 &&
5288              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5289         {
5290             // no default action at the moment
5291         }
5292     }
5293
5294
5295     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5296     //
5297     else if ( event.Moving() )
5298     {
5299         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5300         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5301         {
5302             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5303             {
5304                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5305                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5306                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5307             }
5308         }
5309         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5310         {
5311             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5312         }
5313     }
5314 }
5315
5316
5317 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5318 {
5319     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5320     {
5321         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5322         // col args == -1
5323         //
5324         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5325         {
5326             SelectAll();
5327         }
5328     }
5329
5330     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5331     {
5332         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5333     }
5334
5335     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5336     {
5337         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5338         {
5339             // no default action at the moment
5340         }
5341     }
5342
5343     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5344     {
5345         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5346         {
5347             // no default action at the moment
5348         }
5349     }
5350 }
5351
5352 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5353                               wxWindow *win,
5354                               bool captureMouse)
5355 {
5356 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5357     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5358     {
5359         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5360         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5361         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5362         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5363         _T("SELECT_COL")
5364     };
5365
5366     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5367                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5368                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5369                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5370                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5371                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5372 #endif // __WXDEBUG__
5373
5374     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5375          win == m_winCapture &&
5376          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5377         return;
5378
5379     if ( !win )
5380     {
5381         // by default use the grid itself
5382         win = m_gridWin;
5383     }
5384
5385     if ( m_winCapture )
5386     {
5387         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5388         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5389     }
5390
5391     m_cursorMode = mode;
5392
5393     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5394     {
5395         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5396             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5397             break;
5398
5399         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5400             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5401             break;
5402
5403         default:
5404             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5405     }
5406
5407     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5408     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5409                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5410
5411     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5412     {
5413         win->CaptureMouse();
5414         m_winCapture = win;
5415     }
5416 }
5417
5418 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5419 {
5420     int x, y;
5421     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5422     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5423
5424     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5425     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5426
5427     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5428     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5429     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5430     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5431     {
5432         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5433         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5434     }
5435
5436     if ( event.Dragging() )
5437     {
5438         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5439
5440         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been drug at
5441         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5442         if (! m_isDragging)
5443         {
5444             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5445             {
5446                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5447                 return;
5448             }
5449             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5450                 return;
5451         }
5452
5453         m_isDragging = true;
5454         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5455         {
5456             // Hide the edit control, so it
5457             // won't interfer with drag-shrinking.
5458             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5459             {
5460                 HideCellEditControl();
5461                 SaveEditControlValue();
5462             }
5463
5464             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5465             if (! m_winCapture)
5466             {
5467                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
5468                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
5469             }
5470
5471             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5472             {
5473                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
5474                 {
5475                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5476                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5477                     HighlightBlock ( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5478                 }
5479                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5480                 {
5481                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5482                     {
5483                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5484                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5485
5486                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5487                                    coords.GetRow(),
5488                                    coords.GetCol(),
5489                                    event );
5490                     }
5491                 }
5492                 else
5493                 {
5494                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5495                     {
5496                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5497                     }
5498                     else
5499                     {
5500                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5501                     }
5502                 }
5503
5504                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5505                 {
5506                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5507                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5508                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5509                 }
5510             }
5511         }
5512         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5513         {
5514             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5515             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5516             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5517
5518             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5519             PrepareDC( dc );
5520             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5521                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5522             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5523             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5524             {
5525                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5526             }
5527             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5528             m_dragLastPos = y;
5529         }
5530         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5531         {
5532             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5533             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5534             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5535
5536             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5537             PrepareDC( dc );
5538             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5539                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5540             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5541             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5542             {
5543                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch );
5544             }
5545             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch );
5546             m_dragLastPos = x;
5547         }
5548
5549         return;
5550     }
5551
5552     m_isDragging = false;
5553     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
5554
5555     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
5556     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
5557     //     wxGTK
5558 #if 0
5559     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5560     {
5561         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5562         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5563     }
5564     else
5565 #endif // 0
5566
5567     // ------------ Left button pressed
5568     //
5569     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5570     {
5571         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
5572                        coords.GetRow(),
5573                        coords.GetCol(),
5574                        event ) )
5575         {
5576             if ( !event.ControlDown() )
5577                 ClearSelection();
5578             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5579             {
5580                 if ( m_selection )
5581                 {
5582                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5583                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5584                                               coords.GetRow(),
5585                                               coords.GetCol(),
5586                                               event.ControlDown(),
5587                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5588                                               event.AltDown(),
5589                                               event.MetaDown() );
5590                 }
5591             }
5592             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0  &&
5593                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5594             {
5595                 DisableCellEditControl();
5596                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
5597
5598                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
5599                 {
5600                     if ( m_selection )
5601                     {
5602                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
5603                                                           coords.GetCol(),
5604                                                           event.ControlDown(),
5605                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
5606                                                           event.AltDown(),
5607                                                           event.MetaDown() );
5608                     }
5609                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5610                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5611                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5612                 }
5613                 else
5614                 {
5615                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
5616                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
5617                     if ( m_selection )
5618                     {
5619                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
5620                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
5621                         {
5622                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5623                         }
5624                     }
5625                 }
5626             }
5627         }
5628     }
5629
5630
5631     // ------------ Left double click
5632     //
5633     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5634     {
5635         DisableCellEditControl();
5636
5637         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0  &&  YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5638         {
5639             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
5640                              coords.GetRow(),
5641                              coords.GetCol(),
5642                              event ) )
5643             {
5644                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
5645                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
5646                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
5647             }
5648         }
5649
5650     }
5651
5652
5653     // ------------ Left button released
5654     //
5655     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5656     {
5657         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5658         {
5659             if (m_winCapture)
5660             {
5661                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5662                 m_winCapture = NULL;
5663             }
5664
5665             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl())
5666             {
5667                 ClearSelection();
5668                 EnableCellEditControl();
5669
5670                 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
5671                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5672                 editor->StartingClick();
5673                 editor->DecRef();
5674                 attr->DecRef();
5675
5676                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
5677             }
5678             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5679                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5680             {
5681                 if ( m_selection )
5682                 {
5683                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
5684                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
5685                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
5686                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
5687                                               event.ControlDown(),
5688                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5689                                               event.AltDown(),
5690                                               event.MetaDown() );
5691                 }
5692
5693                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5694                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5695
5696                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
5697                 // drag-shrinking.
5698                 ShowCellEditControl();
5699             }
5700         }
5701         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5702         {
5703             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5704             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5705
5706             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5707             // default processing in this case
5708             //
5709             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5710         }
5711         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5712         {
5713             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5714             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5715
5716             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5717             // default processing in this case
5718             //
5719             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5720         }
5721
5722         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5723     }
5724
5725
5726     // ------------ Right button down
5727     //
5728     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5729     {
5730         DisableCellEditControl();
5731         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
5732                          coords.GetRow(),
5733                          coords.GetCol(),
5734                          event ) )
5735         {
5736             // no default action at the moment
5737         }
5738     }
5739
5740
5741     // ------------ Right double click
5742     //
5743     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5744     {
5745         DisableCellEditControl();
5746         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
5747                          coords.GetRow(),
5748                          coords.GetCol(),
5749                          event ) )
5750         {
5751             // no default action at the moment
5752         }
5753     }
5754
5755     // ------------ Moving and no button action
5756     //
5757     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
5758     {
5759         if( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
5760         {
5761             // out of grid cell area
5762             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5763             return;
5764         }
5765
5766         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5767         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5768
5769         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
5770         // directions is not implemented yet...
5771         //
5772         if ( dragRow >= 0  &&  dragCol >= 0 )
5773         {
5774             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5775             return;
5776         }
5777
5778         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
5779         {
5780             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
5781
5782             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5783             {
5784                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5785                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW);
5786             }
5787
5788             if ( dragCol >= 0 )
5789             {
5790                 m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
5791             }
5792
5793             return;
5794         }
5795
5796         if ( dragCol >= 0 )
5797         {
5798             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
5799
5800             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5801             {
5802                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5803                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL);
5804             }
5805
5806             return;
5807         }
5808
5809         // Neither on a row or col edge
5810         //
5811         if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5812         {
5813             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5814         }
5815     }
5816 }
5817
5818
5819 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
5820 {
5821     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5822     {
5823         // erase the last line and resize the row
5824         //
5825         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5826         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5827         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5828
5829         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5830         PrepareDC( dc );
5831         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
5832         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5833         HideCellEditControl();
5834         SaveEditControlValue();
5835
5836         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
5837         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
5838                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
5839
5840         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5841         {
5842             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
5843             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
5844             rect.x = 0;
5845             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
5846             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
5847             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
5848             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
5849             rect.width = cw;
5850             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
5851             if (m_table)
5852             {
5853                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
5854                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
5855                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left+cw);
5856                 if (leftCol >= 0)
5857                 {
5858                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
5859                     {
5860                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
5861                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
5862                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
5863                     }
5864                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
5865                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
5866                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
5867                 }
5868             }
5869             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
5870         }
5871
5872         ShowCellEditControl();
5873     }
5874 }
5875
5876
5877 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
5878 {
5879     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5880     {
5881         // erase the last line and resize the col
5882         //
5883         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5884         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5885         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5886
5887         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5888         PrepareDC( dc );
5889         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
5890         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch );
5891         HideCellEditControl();
5892         SaveEditControlValue();
5893
5894         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
5895         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
5896                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
5897                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
5898
5899         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5900         {
5901             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
5902             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
5903             rect.y = 0;
5904             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
5905             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
5906             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
5907             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
5908             rect.height = ch;
5909             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
5910             if (m_table)
5911             {
5912                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
5913                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
5914                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top+cw);
5915                 if (topRow >= 0)
5916                 {
5917                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
5918                     {
5919                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
5920                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
5921                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
5922                     }
5923                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
5924                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
5925                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
5926                 }
5927             }
5928             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
5929         }
5930
5931         ShowCellEditControl();
5932     }
5933 }
5934
5935
5936
5937 //
5938 // ------ interaction with data model
5939 //
5940 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
5941 {
5942     switch ( msg.GetId() )
5943     {
5944         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
5945             return GetModelValues();
5946
5947         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
5948             return SetModelValues();
5949
5950         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
5951         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
5952         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
5953         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
5954         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
5955         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5956             return Redimension( msg );
5957
5958         default:
5959             return false;
5960     }
5961 }
5962
5963
5964
5965 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
5966 // Clear() function.  For the default wxGridStringTable class the
5967 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
5968 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
5969 //
5970 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
5971 {
5972     if ( m_table )
5973     {
5974         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
5975             DisableCellEditControl();
5976
5977         m_table->Clear();
5978         if ( !GetBatchCount() ) m_gridWin->Refresh();
5979     }
5980 }
5981
5982
5983 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
5984 {
5985     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
5986
5987     if ( !m_created )
5988     {
5989         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
5990         return false;
5991     }
5992
5993     if ( m_table )
5994     {
5995         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
5996             DisableCellEditControl();
5997
5998         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
5999         return done;
6000
6001         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6002         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6003     }
6004     return false;
6005 }
6006
6007
6008 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6009 {
6010     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6011
6012     if ( !m_created )
6013     {
6014         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6015         return false;
6016     }
6017
6018     if ( m_table )
6019     {
6020         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6021         return done;
6022         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6023         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6024     }
6025     return false;
6026 }
6027
6028
6029 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6030 {
6031     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6032
6033     if ( !m_created )
6034     {
6035         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6036         return false;
6037     }
6038
6039     if ( m_table )
6040     {
6041         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6042             DisableCellEditControl();
6043
6044         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6045         return done;
6046         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6047         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6048     }
6049     return false;
6050 }
6051
6052
6053 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6054 {
6055     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6056
6057     if ( !m_created )
6058     {
6059         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6060         return false;
6061     }
6062
6063     if ( m_table )
6064     {
6065         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6066             DisableCellEditControl();
6067
6068         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6069         return done;
6070         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6071         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6072     }
6073     return false;
6074 }
6075
6076
6077 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6078 {
6079     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6080
6081     if ( !m_created )
6082     {
6083         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6084         return false;
6085     }
6086
6087     if ( m_table )
6088     {
6089         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6090         return done;
6091         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6092         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6093     }
6094     return false;
6095 }
6096
6097
6098 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6099 {
6100     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6101
6102     if ( !m_created )
6103     {
6104         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6105         return false;
6106     }
6107
6108     if ( m_table )
6109     {
6110         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6111             DisableCellEditControl();
6112
6113         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6114         return done;
6115         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6116         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6117     }
6118     return false;
6119 }
6120
6121
6122
6123 //
6124 // ----- event handlers
6125 //
6126
6127 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6128 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6129 //
6130 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6131                         int row, int col,
6132                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6133 {
6134    bool claimed;
6135    bool vetoed;
6136
6137    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6138    {
6139        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6140
6141        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6142                type,
6143                this,
6144                rowOrCol,
6145                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6146                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6147                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6148                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6149                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6150                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6151
6152        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6153        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6154    }
6155    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6156    {
6157        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6158        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6159                type,
6160                this,
6161                m_selectingTopLeft,
6162                m_selectingBottomRight,
6163                true,
6164                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6165                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6166                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6167                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6168
6169        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6170        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6171    }
6172    else
6173    {
6174        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6175                type,
6176                this,
6177                row, col,
6178                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6179                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6180                false,
6181                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6182                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6183                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6184                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6185        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6186        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6187    }
6188
6189    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6190    if (vetoed) return -1;
6191    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6192 }
6193
6194
6195 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6196 // of ProcessEvent().
6197 //
6198 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6199                         int row, int col )
6200 {
6201    bool claimed;
6202    bool vetoed;
6203
6204     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6205     {
6206         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6207
6208         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6209                                  type,
6210                                  this,
6211                                  rowOrCol );
6212
6213         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6214         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6215     }
6216     else
6217     {
6218         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6219                              type,
6220                              this,
6221                              row, col );
6222
6223         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6224         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6225      }
6226
6227     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6228     if (vetoed) return -1;
6229     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6230 }
6231
6232
6233 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6234 {
6235     wxPaintDC dc(this);  // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6236 }
6237
6238 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6239 {
6240     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6241     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6242     if (! GetBatchCount())
6243     {
6244         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6245         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb,rect);
6246
6247         if (rect)
6248         {
6249             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6250             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6251             int x, y;
6252
6253             //Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6254             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6255             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6256             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6257             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6258
6259             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6260             if (width_label > rectWidth) width_label = rectWidth;
6261
6262             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6263             if (height_label > rectHeight) height_label = rectHeight;
6264
6265             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6266             {
6267                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6268                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6269             }
6270             else
6271             {
6272                 x = 0;
6273                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6274             }
6275
6276             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6277             {
6278                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6279                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6280             }
6281             else
6282             {
6283                 y = 0;
6284                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6285             }
6286
6287             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6288             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6289             {
6290                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6291                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6292             }
6293
6294             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6295             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6296             {
6297                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6298                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6299             }
6300
6301             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6302             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6303             {
6304                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6305                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6306             }
6307
6308             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6309             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6310             {
6311                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6312                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6313             }
6314         }
6315         else
6316         {
6317             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6318             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6319             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6320             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6321         }
6322     }
6323 }
6324
6325 void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event )
6326 {
6327     // position the child windows
6328     CalcWindowSizes();
6329
6330     // don't call CalcDimensions() from here, the base class handles the size
6331     // changes itself
6332     event.Skip();
6333 }
6334
6335
6336 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6337 {
6338     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6339     {
6340         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6341         //
6342         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6343     }
6344
6345     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6346
6347     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6348     //
6349     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6350     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6351     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6352
6353     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6354     {
6355
6356         // try local handlers
6357         //
6358         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6359         {
6360             case WXK_UP:
6361                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6362                 {
6363                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6364                 }
6365                 else
6366                 {
6367                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6368                 }
6369                 break;
6370
6371             case WXK_DOWN:
6372                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6373                 {
6374                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6375                 }
6376                 else
6377                 {
6378                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6379                 }
6380                 break;
6381
6382             case WXK_LEFT:
6383                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6384                 {
6385                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6386                 }
6387                 else
6388                 {
6389                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6390                 }
6391                 break;
6392
6393             case WXK_RIGHT:
6394                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6395                 {
6396                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6397                 }
6398                 else
6399                 {
6400                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6401                 }
6402                 break;
6403
6404             case WXK_RETURN:
6405             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
6406                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6407                 {
6408                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
6409                 }
6410                 else
6411                 {
6412                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
6413                     {
6414                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6415                     }
6416                     else
6417                     {
6418                         // at the bottom of a column
6419                         DisableCellEditControl();
6420                     }
6421                 }
6422                 break;
6423
6424             case WXK_ESCAPE:
6425                 ClearSelection();
6426                 break;
6427
6428             case WXK_TAB:
6429                 if (event.ShiftDown())
6430                 {
6431                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
6432                     {
6433                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
6434                     }
6435                     else
6436                     {
6437                         // at left of grid
6438                         DisableCellEditControl();
6439                     }
6440                 }
6441                 else
6442                 {
6443                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols()-1 )
6444                     {
6445                         MoveCursorRight( false );
6446                     }
6447                     else
6448                     {
6449                         // at right of grid
6450                         DisableCellEditControl();
6451                     }
6452                 }
6453                 break;
6454
6455             case WXK_HOME:
6456                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6457                 {
6458                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
6459                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
6460                 }
6461                 else
6462                 {
6463                     event.Skip();
6464                 }
6465                 break;
6466
6467             case WXK_END:
6468                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6469                 {
6470                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 );
6471                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 );
6472                 }
6473                 else
6474                 {
6475                     event.Skip();
6476                 }
6477                 break;
6478
6479             case WXK_PRIOR:
6480                 MovePageUp();
6481                 break;
6482
6483             case WXK_NEXT:
6484                 MovePageDown();
6485                 break;
6486
6487             case WXK_SPACE:
6488                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6489                 {
6490                     if ( m_selection )
6491                     {
6492                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6493                                                           m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6494                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6495                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6496                                                           event.AltDown(),
6497                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6498                     }
6499                     break;
6500                 }
6501                 if ( !IsEditable() )
6502                 {
6503                     MoveCursorRight( false );
6504                     break;
6505                 }
6506                 // Otherwise fall through to default
6507
6508             default:
6509                 event.Skip();
6510                 break;
6511         }
6512     }
6513
6514     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
6515 }
6516
6517 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
6518 {
6519     // try local handlers
6520     //
6521     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
6522     {
6523         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6524              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6525         {
6526             if ( m_selection )
6527             {
6528                 m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6529                                           m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6530                                           m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6531                                           m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6532                                           event.ControlDown(),
6533                                           true,
6534                                           event.AltDown(),
6535                                           event.MetaDown() );
6536             }
6537         }
6538
6539         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6540         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6541         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6542     }
6543 }
6544
6545 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
6546 {
6547     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
6548     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
6549     {
6550         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
6551         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6552         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6553         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6554         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6555
6556         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
6557         // other keys - ask the editor itself
6558         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
6559              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
6560         {
6561             // ensure cell is visble
6562             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
6563             EnableCellEditControl();
6564
6565             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
6566             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
6567             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
6568             // crash the app
6569             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6570                 editor->StartingKey(event);
6571         }
6572         else
6573         {
6574             event.Skip();
6575         }
6576
6577         editor->DecRef();
6578         attr->DecRef();
6579     }
6580     else
6581     {
6582         event.Skip();
6583     }
6584 }
6585
6586
6587 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
6588 {
6589 }
6590
6591 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
6592 {
6593     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
6594     {
6595         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
6596         return;
6597     }
6598
6599     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
6600     PrepareDC(dc);
6601
6602     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6603     {
6604         DisableCellEditControl();
6605
6606         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
6607         {
6608             wxRect r;
6609             r = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords);
6610             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
6611             {
6612                 r.x--;
6613                 r.y--;
6614                 r.width++;
6615                 r.height++;
6616             }
6617
6618             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
6619
6620             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
6621             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6622
6623             DrawGridCellArea(dc,cells);
6624             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
6625         }
6626     }
6627
6628     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6629
6630     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6631     DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
6632     attr->DecRef();
6633 }
6634
6635
6636 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
6637 {
6638     int temp;
6639     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
6640
6641     if ( m_selection )
6642     {
6643         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
6644         {
6645             leftCol = 0;
6646             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
6647         }
6648         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
6649         {
6650             topRow = 0;
6651             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
6652         }
6653     }
6654
6655     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
6656     {
6657         temp = topRow;
6658         topRow = bottomRow;
6659         bottomRow = temp;
6660     }
6661
6662     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
6663     {
6664         temp = leftCol;
6665         leftCol = rightCol;
6666         rightCol = temp;
6667     }
6668
6669     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
6670     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
6671
6672     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
6673     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
6674          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6675     {
6676         wxRect rect;
6677         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
6678                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
6679         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6680     }
6681     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
6682     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
6683               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
6684     {
6685         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
6686         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
6687         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
6688         wxRect  rect[4];
6689         bool    need_refresh[4];
6690         need_refresh[0] =
6691         need_refresh[1] =
6692         need_refresh[2] =
6693         need_refresh[3] = false;
6694         int     i;
6695
6696         // Store intermediate values
6697         wxCoord oldLeft   = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
6698         wxCoord oldTop    = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
6699         wxCoord oldRight  = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
6700         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
6701
6702         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
6703         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
6704         {
6705             temp = oldLeft;
6706             oldLeft = leftCol;
6707             leftCol = temp;
6708         }
6709         if (oldTop > topRow )
6710         {
6711             temp = oldTop;
6712             oldTop = topRow;
6713             topRow = temp;
6714         }
6715         if (oldRight < rightCol )
6716         {
6717             temp = oldRight;
6718             oldRight = rightCol;
6719             rightCol = temp;
6720         }
6721         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
6722         {
6723             temp = oldBottom;
6724             oldBottom = bottomRow;
6725             bottomRow = temp;
6726         }
6727
6728         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
6729         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
6730         // is contained in the other.
6731
6732         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
6733         {
6734             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6735             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
6736             need_refresh[0] = true;
6737             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
6738                                                             oldLeft ),
6739                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
6740                                                             leftCol - 1 ) );
6741         }
6742
6743         if ( oldTop  < topRow )
6744         {
6745             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6746             // area above the old or new selection.
6747             need_refresh[1] = true;
6748             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
6749                                                             leftCol ),
6750                                          wxGridCellCoords ( topRow - 1,
6751                                                             rightCol ) );
6752         }
6753
6754         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
6755         {
6756             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6757             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
6758             need_refresh[2] = true;
6759             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
6760                                                             rightCol + 1 ),
6761                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
6762                                                             oldRight ) );
6763         }
6764
6765         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
6766         {
6767             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6768             // area below the old or new selection.
6769             need_refresh[3] = true;
6770             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow + 1,
6771                                                             leftCol ),
6772                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
6773                                                             rightCol ) );
6774         }
6775
6776         // various Refresh() calls
6777         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
6778             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
6779                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
6780     }
6781     // Change Selection
6782     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
6783     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
6784 }
6785
6786 //
6787 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
6788 //
6789
6790 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
6791 {
6792     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6793     HideCellEditControl();
6794
6795     if ( m_table )
6796     {
6797         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
6798         //
6799         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6800         return true;
6801     }
6802
6803     return false;
6804 }
6805
6806
6807 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
6808 {
6809     int row, col;
6810
6811     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6812     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
6813     // I think so ...
6814     DisableCellEditControl();
6815
6816     if ( m_table )
6817     {
6818         for ( row = 0;  row < m_numRows;  row++ )
6819         {
6820             for ( col = 0;  col < m_numCols;  col++ )
6821             {
6822                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
6823             }
6824         }
6825
6826         return true;
6827     }
6828
6829     return false;
6830 }
6831
6832
6833
6834 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
6835 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
6836 // CalcExposedCells)
6837 //
6838 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
6839 {
6840     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) return;
6841
6842     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
6843     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
6844     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
6845
6846     for ( i = numCells-1; i >= 0;  i-- )
6847     {
6848         row = cells[i].GetRow();
6849         col = cells[i].GetCol();
6850         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6851
6852         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
6853         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
6854         {
6855             wxGridCellCoords cell(row+cell_rows, col+cell_cols);
6856             bool marked = false;
6857             for ( int j = 0;  j < numCells;  j++ )
6858             {
6859                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
6860                 {
6861                     marked = true;
6862                     break;
6863                 }
6864             }
6865             if (!marked)
6866             {
6867                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
6868                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
6869                 {
6870                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
6871                     {
6872                         marked = true;
6873                         break;
6874                     }
6875                 }
6876                 if (!marked) redrawCells.Add( cell );
6877             }
6878             continue; // don't bother drawing this cell
6879         }
6880
6881         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
6882         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
6883         {
6884             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
6885             {
6886                 // find a cell in this row to left alreay marked for repaint
6887                 int left = col;
6888                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
6889                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
6890                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
6891                         left=redrawCells[k].GetCol();
6892
6893                 if (left == col) left = 0; // oh well
6894
6895                 for (int j = col-1; j >= left; j--)
6896                 {
6897                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row+l, j))
6898                     {
6899                         if (GetCellOverflow(row+l, j))
6900                         {
6901                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row+l, j);
6902                             bool marked = false;
6903
6904                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
6905                             {
6906                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
6907                                 {
6908                                     marked = true;
6909                                     break;
6910                                 }
6911                             }
6912                             if (!marked)
6913                             {
6914                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
6915                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
6916                                 {
6917                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
6918                                     {
6919                                         marked = true;
6920                                         break;
6921                                     }
6922                                 }
6923                                 if (!marked) redrawCells.Add( cell );
6924                             }
6925                         }
6926                         break;
6927                     }
6928                 }
6929             }
6930         }
6931         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
6932     }
6933
6934     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
6935
6936     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0;  i-- )
6937     {
6938         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
6939     }
6940 }
6941
6942
6943 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
6944 {
6945   int cw, ch;
6946   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6947
6948   int right, bottom;
6949   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
6950
6951   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) : 0;
6952   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0 ;
6953
6954   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
6955   {
6956       int left, top;
6957       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
6958
6959       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
6960       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
6961
6962       if ( right > rightCol )
6963       {
6964           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch);
6965       }
6966
6967       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
6968       {
6969           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow);
6970       }
6971   }
6972 }
6973
6974
6975 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
6976 {
6977     int row = coords.GetRow();
6978     int col = coords.GetCol();
6979
6980     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
6981         return;
6982
6983     // we draw the cell border ourselves
6984 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
6985     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
6986         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
6987 #endif
6988
6989     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6990
6991     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
6992
6993     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
6994
6995     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
6996     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
6997     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
6998     {
6999         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7000         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7001         editor->DecRef();
7002     }
7003     else
7004     {
7005         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be
7006         // customized
7007         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7008         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7009         renderer->DecRef();
7010     }
7011
7012     attr->DecRef();
7013 }
7014
7015 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7016 {
7017     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7018     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7019
7020     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7021         return;
7022
7023     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7024
7025     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7026     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7027     // it doesn't look really good
7028
7029     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7030
7031     if (penWidth > 0)
7032     {
7033         // The center of th drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7034         // the rectangle is actually at, (on wxMSW atr least,) so we will
7035         // reduce the size of the rectangle to compensate for the thickness of
7036         // the line.  If this is too strange on non wxMSW platforms then
7037         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7038         rect.x += penWidth/2;
7039         rect.y += penWidth/2;
7040         rect.width -= penWidth-1;
7041         rect.height -= penWidth-1;
7042
7043
7044         // Now draw the rectangle
7045         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7046         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7047         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col)?m_selectionForeground:m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
7048         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7049         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7050     }
7051
7052 #if 0
7053         // VZ: my experiments with 3d borders...
7054
7055         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7056         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7057                 y1 = rect.y,
7058                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width -1,
7059                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height -1;
7060
7061         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7062         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7063         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7064
7065         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7066         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2 );
7067
7068         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7069         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7070         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2+1);
7071 #endif // 0
7072 }
7073
7074
7075 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7076 {
7077     int row = coords.GetRow();
7078     int col = coords.GetCol();
7079     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7080         return;
7081
7082     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7083
7084     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7085
7086     // right hand border
7087     //
7088     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7089                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7090
7091     // bottom border
7092     //
7093     dc.DrawLine( rect.x,              rect.y + rect.height,
7094                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7095 }
7096
7097 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc,const  wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7098 {
7099     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7100     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7101     //
7102     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
7103          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7104     {
7105         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7106     }
7107
7108     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7109     {
7110         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7111         return;
7112     }
7113
7114     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7115     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7116     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7117     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7118     {
7119         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7120         {
7121             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7122             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7123             attr->DecRef();
7124
7125             break;
7126         }
7127     }
7128 }
7129
7130 // TODO: remove this ???
7131 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7132 // has been changed
7133 //
7134 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7135 {
7136 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7137     return;
7138 #endif
7139
7140     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ||
7141          !m_numRows ||
7142          !m_numCols ) return;
7143
7144     int top, bottom, left, right;
7145
7146 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7147     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7148     {
7149       int cw, ch;
7150       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7151
7152       // virtual coords of visible area
7153       //
7154       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7155       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7156     }
7157     else
7158     {
7159       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7160       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7161       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7162       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7163     }
7164 #else
7165       int cw, ch;
7166       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7167       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7168       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7169 #endif
7170
7171     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7172     //
7173     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) );
7174     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7175
7176     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7177     int leftCol   = internalXToCol(left);
7178     int topRow    = internalYToRow(top);
7179     int rightCol  = internalXToCol(right);
7180     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7181
7182 #ifndef __WXMAC__
7183     // CS: I don't know why suddenly unscrolled coordinates are used for clipping
7184     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7185
7186     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7187     wxRect rect;
7188
7189     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7190     {
7191         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7192         {
7193             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7194             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7195             {
7196                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7197                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7198                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7199             }
7200             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7201             {
7202                 rect = CellToRect(j+cell_rows, i+cell_cols);
7203                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7204                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7205             }
7206         }
7207     }
7208 #else
7209     wxRegion clippedcells( left , top, right - left, bottom - top);
7210
7211     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7212     wxRect rect;
7213
7214     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7215     {
7216         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7217         {
7218             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7219             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7220             {
7221                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7222                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7223             }
7224             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7225             {
7226                 rect = CellToRect(j+cell_rows, i+cell_cols);
7227                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7228             }
7229         }
7230     }
7231 #endif
7232     dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7233
7234     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7235
7236     // horizontal grid lines
7237     //
7238     // already declared above - int i;
7239     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7240     {
7241         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7242
7243         if ( bot > bottom )
7244         {
7245             break;
7246         }
7247
7248         if ( bot >= top )
7249         {
7250             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7251         }
7252     }
7253
7254
7255     // vertical grid lines
7256     //
7257     for ( i = internalXToCol(left); i < m_numCols; i++ )
7258     {
7259         int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1;
7260         if ( colRight > right )
7261         {
7262             break;
7263         }
7264
7265         if ( colRight >= left )
7266         {
7267             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7268         }
7269     }
7270     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7271 }
7272
7273
7274 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc ,const wxArrayInt& rows)
7275 {
7276     if ( !m_numRows ) return;
7277
7278     size_t i;
7279     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7280
7281     for ( i = 0;  i < numLabels;  i++ )
7282     {
7283         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7284     }
7285 }
7286
7287
7288 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7289 {
7290     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7291         return;
7292
7293     wxRect rect;
7294 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7295     rect.SetX( 1 );
7296     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 1 );
7297     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 2 );
7298     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 2 );
7299
7300     CalcScrolledPosition( 0, rect.y, NULL, &rect.y );
7301
7302     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7303
7304     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7305 #else
7306     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7307         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7308
7309     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW),1, wxSOLID) );
7310     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop,
7311                  m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowBottom );
7312
7313     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7314
7315     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7316
7317     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7318     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7319     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop );
7320 #endif
7321     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7322     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7323     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7324
7325     int hAlign, vAlign;
7326     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7327
7328     rect.SetX( 2 );
7329     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7330     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7331     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7332     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7333 }
7334
7335
7336 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7337 {
7338     if ( !m_numCols ) return;
7339
7340     size_t i;
7341     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7342
7343     for ( i = 0;  i < numLabels;  i++ )
7344     {
7345         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7346     }
7347 }
7348
7349
7350 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7351 {
7352     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7353         return;
7354
7355     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7356
7357     wxRect rect;
7358 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7359     rect.SetX( colLeft + 1 );
7360     rect.SetY( 1 );
7361     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 2 );
7362     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 2 );
7363
7364     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7365
7366     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7367 #else
7368     int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7369
7370     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW),1, wxSOLID) );
7371     dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0,
7372                  colRight, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
7373
7374     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7375
7376     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1,
7377                  colRight+1, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
7378
7379     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7380     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
7381     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7382 #endif
7383     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7384     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7385     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7386
7387     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
7388     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7389     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
7390
7391     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
7392     rect.SetY( 2 );
7393     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
7394     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
7395     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
7396 }
7397
7398 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7399                                 const wxString& value,
7400                                 const wxRect& rect,
7401                                 int horizAlign,
7402                                 int vertAlign,
7403                                 int textOrientation )
7404 {
7405     wxArrayString lines;
7406
7407     StringToLines( value, lines );
7408
7409
7410     //Forward to new API.
7411     DrawTextRectangle(  dc,
7412         lines,
7413         rect,
7414         horizAlign,
7415         vertAlign,
7416         textOrientation );
7417
7418 }
7419
7420 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7421                                const wxArrayString& lines,
7422                                const wxRect& rect,
7423                                int horizAlign,
7424                                int vertAlign,
7425                                int textOrientation )
7426 {
7427     long textWidth, textHeight;
7428     long lineWidth, lineHeight;
7429     int nLines;
7430
7431     dc.SetClippingRegion( rect );
7432
7433     nLines = lines.GetCount();
7434     if( nLines > 0 )
7435     {
7436         int l;
7437         float x = 0.0, y = 0.0;
7438
7439         if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7440             GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight);
7441         else
7442             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
7443
7444         switch( vertAlign )
7445         {
7446         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
7447             if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7448                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
7449             else
7450                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
7451             break;
7452
7453         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7454             if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7455                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight)/2);
7456             else
7457                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth)/2);
7458             break;
7459
7460         case wxALIGN_TOP:
7461         default:
7462             if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7463                 y = rect.y + 1;
7464             else
7465                 x = rect.x + 1;
7466             break;
7467         }
7468
7469         // Align each line of a multi-line label
7470         for( l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
7471         {
7472             dc.GetTextExtent(lines[l], &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
7473
7474             switch( horizAlign )
7475             {
7476             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
7477                 if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7478                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
7479                 else
7480                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
7481                 break;
7482
7483             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7484                 if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7485                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth)/2);
7486                 else
7487                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth)/2);
7488                 break;
7489
7490             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
7491             default:
7492                 if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7493                     x = rect.x + 1;
7494                 else
7495                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7496                 break;
7497             }
7498
7499             if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7500             {
7501                 dc.DrawText( lines[l], (int)x, (int)y );
7502                 y += lineHeight;
7503             }
7504             else
7505             {
7506                 dc.DrawRotatedText( lines[l], (int)x, (int)y, 90.0 );
7507                 x += lineHeight;
7508             }
7509         }
7510     }
7511     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7512 }
7513
7514
7515 // Split multi line text up into an array of strings.  Any existing
7516 // contents of the string array are preserved.
7517 //
7518 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines )
7519 {
7520     int startPos = 0;
7521     int pos;
7522     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
7523     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
7524
7525     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.Length() )
7526     {
7527         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
7528         if ( pos < 0 )
7529         {
7530             break;
7531         }
7532         else if ( pos == 0 )
7533         {
7534             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
7535         }
7536         else
7537         {
7538             lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) );
7539         }
7540         startPos += pos+1;
7541     }
7542     if ( startPos < (int)value.Length() )
7543     {
7544         lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) );
7545     }
7546 }
7547
7548
7549 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( wxDC& dc,
7550                              const wxArrayString& lines,
7551                              long *width, long *height )
7552 {
7553     long w = 0;
7554     long h = 0;
7555     long lineW, lineH;
7556
7557     size_t i;
7558     for ( i = 0;  i < lines.GetCount();  i++ )
7559     {
7560         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
7561         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
7562         h += lineH;
7563     }
7564
7565     *width = w;
7566     *height = h;
7567 }
7568
7569 //
7570 // ------ Batch processing.
7571 //
7572 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
7573 {
7574     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
7575     {
7576         m_batchCount--;
7577         if ( !m_batchCount )
7578         {
7579             CalcDimensions();
7580             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7581             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7582             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
7583             m_gridWin->Refresh();
7584         }
7585     }
7586 }
7587
7588 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
7589 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
7590 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
7591 //
7592 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
7593 {
7594     BeginBatch();
7595     EndBatch();
7596 }
7597
7598 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
7599 {
7600     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
7601         return false;
7602
7603     // redraw in the new state
7604     m_gridWin->Refresh();
7605
7606     return true;
7607 }
7608
7609 //
7610 // ------ Edit control functions
7611 //
7612
7613
7614 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
7615 {
7616     // TODO: improve this ?
7617     //
7618     if ( edit != m_editable )
7619     {
7620         if(!edit) EnableCellEditControl(edit);
7621         m_editable = edit;
7622     }
7623 }
7624
7625
7626 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
7627 {
7628     if (! m_editable)
7629         return;
7630
7631     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7632         SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7633
7634     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7635     {
7636         if ( enable )
7637         {
7638             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
7639                 return;
7640
7641             // this should be checked by the caller!
7642             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(),
7643                           _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
7644
7645             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
7646             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7647
7648             ShowCellEditControl();
7649         }
7650         else
7651         {
7652             //FIXME:add veto support
7653             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN);
7654
7655             HideCellEditControl();
7656             SaveEditControlValue();
7657
7658             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
7659             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7660         }
7661     }
7662 }
7663
7664 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
7665 {
7666     // const_cast
7667     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7668     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
7669     attr->DecRef();
7670
7671     return readonly;
7672 }
7673
7674 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
7675 {
7676     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
7677         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
7678
7679 }
7680
7681 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
7682 {
7683     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
7684     // current one if it's read only
7685     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
7686 }
7687
7688 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
7689 {
7690     bool isShown = false;
7691
7692     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7693     {
7694         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7695         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7696         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7697         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
7698         attr->DecRef();
7699
7700         if ( editor )
7701         {
7702             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
7703             {
7704                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
7705             }
7706
7707             editor->DecRef();
7708         }
7709     }
7710
7711     return isShown;
7712 }
7713
7714 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
7715 {
7716     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7717     {
7718         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords ) )
7719         {
7720             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
7721             return;
7722         }
7723         else
7724         {
7725             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
7726             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7727             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7728
7729             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
7730             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
7731             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7732             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7733             {
7734                 row += cell_rows;
7735                 col += cell_cols;
7736                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
7737                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
7738             }
7739
7740             // convert to scrolled coords
7741             //
7742             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7743
7744             // done in PaintBackground()
7745 #if 0
7746             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
7747             // might not cover the entire cell
7748             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7749             PrepareDC( dc );
7750             dc.SetBrush(*wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH); //wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
7751             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
7752             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7753 #endif // 0
7754
7755             // cell is shifted by one pixel
7756             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
7757             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
7758             // "don't change."
7759             if (rect.x > 0)
7760                 rect.x--;
7761             if (rect.y > 0)
7762                 rect.y--;
7763
7764             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7765             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7766             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
7767             {
7768                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
7769                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
7770
7771                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
7772                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
7773                                              this,
7774                                              row,
7775                                              col,
7776                                              editor->GetControl());
7777                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
7778             }
7779
7780
7781             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
7782             int maxWidth = rect.width;
7783             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
7784             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
7785             {
7786                 int y;
7787                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y,
7788                         NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
7789                 if (maxWidth < rect.width) maxWidth = rect.width;
7790             }
7791             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
7792             if (rect.x+maxWidth > client_right)
7793                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
7794
7795             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
7796             {
7797                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7798                 // may have changed earlier
7799                 for (int i = col+cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
7800                 {
7801                     int c_rows, c_cols;
7802                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
7803                     // looks weird going over a multicell
7804                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell(row,i) &&
7805                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
7806                         rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
7807                     else
7808                         break;
7809                 }
7810                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
7811                     rect.SetRight(client_right-1);
7812             }
7813
7814             editor->SetCellAttr(attr);
7815             editor->SetSize( rect );
7816             editor->Show( true, attr );
7817
7818             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
7819             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
7820             CalcDimensions();
7821
7822             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
7823             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
7824
7825             editor->DecRef();
7826             attr->DecRef();
7827         }
7828     }
7829 }
7830
7831
7832 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
7833 {
7834     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7835     {
7836         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7837         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7838
7839         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7840         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7841         editor->Show( false );
7842         editor->DecRef();
7843         attr->DecRef();
7844         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
7845         // refresh whole row to the right
7846         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
7847         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7848         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
7849 #ifdef __WXMAC__
7850         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
7851         rect.Inflate(10,10);
7852 #endif
7853         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7854     }
7855 }
7856
7857
7858 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
7859 {
7860     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7861     {
7862         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7863         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7864
7865         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row,col);
7866
7867         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7868         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7869         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
7870
7871         editor->DecRef();
7872         attr->DecRef();
7873
7874         if (changed)
7875         {
7876             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
7877                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7878                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 ) {
7879
7880                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
7881                 SetCellValue(row,col,oldval);
7882             }
7883         }
7884     }
7885 }
7886
7887
7888 //
7889 // ------ Grid location functions
7890 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
7891 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
7892 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
7893 //
7894
7895 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7896 {
7897     int row = YToRow(y);
7898     int col = XToCol(x);
7899
7900     if ( row == -1  ||  col == -1 )
7901     {
7902         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7903     }
7904     else
7905     {
7906         coords.Set( row, col );
7907     }
7908 }
7909
7910
7911 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
7912 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
7913 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
7914 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
7915
7916 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
7917                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
7918                            bool clipToMinMax)
7919 {
7920
7921     if (coord < 0)
7922         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
7923
7924
7925     if (!defaultDist)
7926         defaultDist = 1;
7927
7928     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
7929            i_min = 0;
7930
7931     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
7932     {
7933         if((int) i_max < nMax)
7934             return i_max;
7935         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
7936     }
7937
7938     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
7939         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
7940     else
7941     {
7942         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
7943         {
7944             i_min = i_max;
7945             if (minDist)
7946                 i_max = coord / minDist;
7947             else
7948                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
7949         }
7950         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
7951             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
7952     }
7953     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
7954         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
7955     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
7956         return 0;
7957
7958     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
7959     {
7960         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
7961                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
7962         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
7963             return i_max;
7964         else
7965             i_max--;
7966         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
7967         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
7968             i_max = median;
7969         else
7970             i_min = median;
7971     }
7972     return i_max;
7973 }
7974
7975 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y )
7976 {
7977     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
7978                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
7979 }
7980
7981
7982 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x )
7983 {
7984     return CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth,
7985                            m_minAcceptableColWidth, m_colRights, m_numCols, false);
7986 }
7987
7988
7989 // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or
7990 // -1 if not near an edge
7991 //
7992 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y )
7993 {
7994     int i;
7995     i = internalYToRow(y);
7996
7997     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
7998     {
7999         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8000         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8001         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8002             return i;
8003         else if( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8004             return i - 1;
8005     }
8006
8007     return -1;
8008 }
8009
8010
8011 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8012 // -1 if not near an edge
8013 //
8014 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x )
8015 {
8016     int i;
8017     i = internalXToCol(x);
8018
8019     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8020     {
8021         // We know that we are in column i,  test whether we are
8022         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8023         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8024             return i;
8025         else if( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8026             return i - 1;
8027     }
8028
8029     return -1;
8030 }
8031
8032
8033 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col )
8034 {
8035     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8036
8037     if ( row >= 0  &&  row < m_numRows  &&
8038          col >= 0  &&  col < m_numCols )
8039     {
8040         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8041         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8042         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8043         // if negative then find multicell owner
8044         if (cell_rows < 0) row += cell_rows;
8045         if (cell_cols < 0) col += cell_cols;
8046         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8047
8048         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8049         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8050         for (i=col; i<col+cell_cols; i++)
8051             rect.width  += GetColWidth(i);
8052         for (i=row; i<row+cell_rows; i++)
8053             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8054     }
8055
8056     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8057     if (m_gridLinesEnabled) {
8058         rect.width -= 1;
8059         rect.height -= 1;
8060     }
8061     return rect;
8062 }
8063
8064
8065 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible )
8066 {
8067     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8068     //
8069     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8070
8071     // convert to device coords
8072     //
8073     int left, top, right, bottom;
8074     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8075     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8076
8077     // check against the client area of the grid window
8078     //
8079     int cw, ch;
8080     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8081
8082     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8083     {
8084         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8085         //
8086         return ( left >= 0  &&  right <= cw  &&
8087                  top >= 0  &&  bottom <= ch );
8088     }
8089     else
8090     {
8091         // is the cell partly visible ?
8092         //
8093         return ( ((left >=0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw))  &&
8094                  ((top >=0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8095     }
8096 }
8097
8098
8099 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8100 // of scrolling
8101 //
8102 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8103 {
8104
8105     int i;
8106     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8107
8108     if ( row >= 0  &&  row < m_numRows  &&
8109          col >= 0  &&  col < m_numCols )
8110     {
8111         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8112         //
8113         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8114
8115         // convert to device coords
8116         //
8117         int left, top, right, bottom;
8118         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8119         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8120
8121         int cw, ch;
8122         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8123
8124         if ( top < 0 )
8125         {
8126             ypos = r.GetTop();
8127         }
8128         else if ( bottom > ch )
8129         {
8130             int h = r.GetHeight();
8131             ypos = r.GetTop();
8132             for ( i = row-1;  i >= 0;  i-- )
8133             {
8134                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8135                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8136                     break;
8137
8138                 h += rowHeight;
8139                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8140             }
8141
8142             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8143             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, we
8144             // might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8145             //
8146             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE/2 is not enough, so just add a full
8147             // scroll unit...
8148             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8149         }
8150
8151         if ( left < 0 )
8152         {
8153             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8154         }
8155         else if ( right > cw )
8156         {
8157             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8158             int x0, y0;
8159             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8160             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8161
8162             // see comment for ypos above
8163             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8164         }
8165
8166         if ( xpos != -1  ||  ypos != -1 )
8167         {
8168             if ( xpos != -1 )
8169                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8170             if ( ypos != -1 )
8171                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8172             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8173             AdjustScrollbars();
8174         }
8175     }
8176 }
8177
8178
8179 //
8180 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8181 //
8182
8183 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8184 {
8185     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8186          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8187     {
8188         if ( expandSelection)
8189         {
8190             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8191                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8192             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8193             {
8194                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8195                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8196                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8197                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8198             }
8199         }
8200         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8201         {
8202             ClearSelection();
8203             MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1,
8204                              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8205             SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1,
8206                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8207         }
8208         else
8209             return false;
8210         return true;
8211     }
8212
8213     return false;
8214 }
8215
8216
8217 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8218 {
8219     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8220          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8221     {
8222         if ( expandSelection )
8223         {
8224             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8225                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8226             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 )
8227             {
8228                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8229                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8230                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8231                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8232             }
8233         }
8234         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8235         {
8236             ClearSelection();
8237             MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1,
8238                              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8239             SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1,
8240                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8241         }
8242         else
8243             return false;
8244         return true;
8245     }
8246
8247     return false;
8248 }
8249
8250
8251 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8252 {
8253     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8254          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8255     {
8256         if ( expandSelection )
8257         {
8258             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8259                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8260             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8261             {
8262                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8263                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8264                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8265                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8266             }
8267         }
8268         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8269         {
8270             ClearSelection();
8271             MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8272                              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 );
8273             SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8274                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 );
8275         }
8276         else
8277             return false;
8278         return true;
8279     }
8280
8281     return false;
8282 }
8283
8284
8285 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8286 {
8287     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8288          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8289     {
8290         if ( expandSelection )
8291         {
8292             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8293                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8294             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8295             {
8296                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8297                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8298                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8299                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8300             }
8301         }
8302         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8303         {
8304             ClearSelection();
8305             MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8306                              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 );
8307             SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8308                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 );
8309         }
8310         else
8311             return false;
8312         return true;
8313     }
8314
8315     return false;
8316 }
8317
8318
8319 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
8320 {
8321     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return false;
8322
8323     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8324     if ( row > 0 )
8325     {
8326         int cw, ch;
8327         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8328
8329         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8330         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
8331
8332         if ( newRow == row )
8333         {
8334             //row > 0 , so newrow can never be less than 0 here.
8335             newRow = row - 1;
8336         }
8337
8338         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8339         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8340
8341         return true;
8342     }
8343
8344     return false;
8345 }
8346
8347 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
8348 {
8349     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return false;
8350
8351     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8352     if ( (row+1) < m_numRows )
8353     {
8354         int cw, ch;
8355         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8356
8357         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8358         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
8359         if ( newRow == row )
8360         {
8361             // row < m_numRows , so newrow can't overflow here.
8362             newRow = row + 1;
8363         }
8364
8365         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8366         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8367
8368         return true;
8369     }
8370
8371     return false;
8372 }
8373
8374 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
8375 {
8376     if ( m_table &&
8377          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8378          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8379     {
8380         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8381         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8382
8383         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8384         {
8385             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8386             // non-empty cells
8387             //
8388             while ( row > 0 )
8389             {
8390                 row-- ;
8391                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8392             }
8393         }
8394         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row-1, col) )
8395         {
8396             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
8397             //
8398             row--;
8399             while ( row > 0 )
8400             {
8401                 row-- ;
8402                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8403             }
8404         }
8405         else
8406         {
8407             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
8408             //
8409             while ( row > 0 )
8410             {
8411                 row-- ;
8412                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8413                 {
8414                     row++ ;
8415                     break;
8416                 }
8417             }
8418         }
8419
8420         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8421         if ( expandSelection )
8422         {
8423             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8424             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8425         }
8426         else
8427         {
8428             ClearSelection();
8429             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8430         }
8431         return true;
8432     }
8433
8434     return false;
8435 }
8436
8437 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
8438 {
8439     if ( m_table &&
8440          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8441          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 )
8442     {
8443         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8444         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8445
8446         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8447         {
8448             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8449             // non-empty cells
8450             //
8451             while ( row < m_numRows-1 )
8452             {
8453                 row++ ;
8454                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8455             }
8456         }
8457         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row+1, col) )
8458         {
8459             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
8460             //
8461             row++;
8462             while ( row < m_numRows-1 )
8463             {
8464                 row++ ;
8465                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8466             }
8467         }
8468         else
8469         {
8470             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
8471             //
8472             while ( row < m_numRows-1 )
8473             {
8474                 row++ ;
8475                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8476                 {
8477                     row-- ;
8478                     break;
8479                 }
8480             }
8481         }
8482
8483         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8484         if ( expandSelection )
8485         {
8486             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8487             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8488         }
8489         else
8490         {
8491             ClearSelection();
8492             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8493         }
8494
8495         return true;
8496     }
8497
8498     return false;
8499 }
8500
8501 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
8502 {
8503     if ( m_table &&
8504          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8505          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8506     {
8507         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8508         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8509
8510         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8511         {
8512             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8513             // non-empty cells
8514             //
8515             while ( col > 0 )
8516             {
8517                 col-- ;
8518                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8519             }
8520         }
8521         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col-1) )
8522         {
8523             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
8524             //
8525             col--;
8526             while ( col > 0 )
8527             {
8528                 col-- ;
8529                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8530             }
8531         }
8532         else
8533         {
8534             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
8535             //
8536             while ( col > 0 )
8537             {
8538                 col-- ;
8539                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8540                 {
8541                     col++ ;
8542                     break;
8543                 }
8544             }
8545         }
8546
8547         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8548         if ( expandSelection )
8549         {
8550             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8551             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8552         }
8553         else
8554         {
8555             ClearSelection();
8556             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8557         }
8558
8559         return true;
8560     }
8561
8562     return false;
8563 }
8564
8565 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
8566 {
8567     if ( m_table &&
8568          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8569          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols-1 )
8570     {
8571         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8572         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8573
8574         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8575         {
8576             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8577             // non-empty cells
8578             //
8579             while ( col < m_numCols-1 )
8580             {
8581                 col++ ;
8582                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8583             }
8584         }
8585         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col+1) )
8586         {
8587             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
8588             //
8589             col++;
8590             while ( col < m_numCols-1 )
8591             {
8592                 col++ ;
8593                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8594             }
8595         }
8596         else
8597         {
8598             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
8599             //
8600             while ( col < m_numCols-1 )
8601             {
8602                 col++ ;
8603                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8604                 {
8605                     col-- ;
8606                     break;
8607                 }
8608             }
8609         }
8610
8611         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8612         if ( expandSelection )
8613         {
8614             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8615             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8616         }
8617         else
8618         {
8619             ClearSelection();
8620             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8621         }
8622
8623         return true;
8624     }
8625
8626     return false;
8627 }
8628
8629
8630
8631 //
8632 // ------ Label values and formatting
8633 //
8634
8635 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8636 {
8637     *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
8638     *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
8639 }
8640
8641 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8642 {
8643     *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
8644     *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
8645 }
8646
8647 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation()
8648 {
8649     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
8650 }
8651
8652 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
8653 {
8654     if ( m_table )
8655     {
8656         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
8657     }
8658     else
8659     {
8660         wxString s;
8661         s << row;
8662         return s;
8663     }
8664 }
8665
8666 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col )
8667 {
8668     if ( m_table )
8669     {
8670         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
8671     }
8672     else
8673     {
8674         wxString s;
8675         s << col;
8676         return s;
8677     }
8678 }
8679
8680
8681 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
8682 {
8683     width = wxMax( width, 0 );
8684     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
8685     {
8686         if ( width == 0 )
8687         {
8688             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
8689             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8690         }
8691         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
8692         {
8693             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
8694             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8695         }
8696
8697         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
8698         CalcWindowSizes();
8699         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8700     }
8701 }
8702
8703
8704 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
8705 {
8706     height = wxMax( height, 0 );
8707     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
8708     {
8709         if ( height == 0 )
8710         {
8711             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
8712             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8713         }
8714         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
8715         {
8716             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
8717             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8718         }
8719
8720         m_colLabelHeight = height;
8721         CalcWindowSizes();
8722         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8723     }
8724 }
8725
8726
8727 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
8728 {
8729     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
8730     {
8731         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
8732         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8733         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8734         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8735
8736         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8737         {
8738             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8739             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8740             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8741         }
8742     }
8743 }
8744
8745 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
8746 {
8747     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
8748     {
8749         m_labelTextColour = colour;
8750         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8751         {
8752             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8753             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8754         }
8755     }
8756 }
8757
8758 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
8759 {
8760     m_labelFont = font;
8761     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8762     {
8763         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8764         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8765     }
8766 }
8767
8768 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8769 {
8770     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8771     switch ( horiz )
8772     {
8773         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8774         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8775         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8776     }
8777
8778     switch ( vert )
8779     {
8780         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8781         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8782         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8783     }
8784
8785     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8786     {
8787         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8788     }
8789
8790     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8791     {
8792         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
8793     }
8794
8795     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8796     {
8797         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8798     }
8799 }
8800
8801 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8802 {
8803     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8804     switch ( horiz )
8805     {
8806         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8807         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8808         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8809     }
8810
8811     switch ( vert )
8812     {
8813         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8814         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8815         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8816     }
8817
8818     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8819     {
8820         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8821     }
8822
8823     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8824     {
8825         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
8826     }
8827
8828     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8829     {
8830         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8831     }
8832 }
8833
8834 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
8835 //       does not support vertical printing
8836 //
8837 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
8838 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
8839 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
8840 //
8841 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
8842 {
8843     if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
8844     {
8845         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
8846     }
8847
8848     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8849     {
8850         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8851     }
8852 }
8853
8854 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
8855 {
8856     if ( m_table )
8857     {
8858         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
8859         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8860         {
8861             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0);
8862             if ( rect.height > 0 )
8863             {
8864                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
8865                 rect.x = 0;
8866                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
8867                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
8868             }
8869         }
8870     }
8871 }
8872
8873 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
8874 {
8875     if ( m_table )
8876     {
8877         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
8878         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8879         {
8880             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
8881             if ( rect.width > 0 )
8882             {
8883                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
8884                 rect.y = 0;
8885                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
8886                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
8887             }
8888         }
8889     }
8890 }
8891
8892 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
8893 {
8894     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
8895     {
8896         m_gridLineColour = colour;
8897
8898         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8899         PrepareDC( dc );
8900         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
8901     }
8902 }
8903
8904
8905 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
8906 {
8907     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
8908     {
8909         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
8910
8911         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8912         PrepareDC( dc );
8913         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8914         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
8915         attr->DecRef();
8916     }
8917 }
8918
8919 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
8920 {
8921     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) {
8922         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
8923
8924         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
8925         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
8926         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8927         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8928         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
8929             return;
8930         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
8931         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
8932     }
8933 }
8934
8935 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
8936 {
8937     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) {
8938         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
8939
8940         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
8941         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
8942         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8943         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8944         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
8945             return;
8946         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
8947         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
8948     }
8949 }
8950
8951 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
8952 {
8953     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
8954     {
8955         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
8956
8957         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8958         {
8959             if ( enable )
8960             {
8961                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8962                 PrepareDC( dc );
8963                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
8964             }
8965             else
8966             {
8967                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
8968             }
8969         }
8970     }
8971 }
8972
8973
8974 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize()
8975 {
8976     return m_defaultRowHeight;
8977 }
8978
8979 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row )
8980 {
8981     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
8982
8983     return GetRowHeight(row);
8984 }
8985
8986 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize()
8987 {
8988     return m_defaultColWidth;
8989 }
8990
8991 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col )
8992 {
8993     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
8994
8995     return GetColWidth(col);
8996 }
8997
8998 // ============================================================================
8999 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9000 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9001 // ============================================================================
9002
9003 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9004 // setting default attributes
9005 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9006
9007 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9008 {
9009     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9010 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9011     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9012 #endif
9013 }
9014
9015 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9016 {
9017     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9018 }
9019
9020 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9021 {
9022     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9023 }
9024
9025 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9026 {
9027     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9028 }
9029
9030 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9031 {
9032     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9033 }
9034
9035
9036 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9037 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9038 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9039 // work correctly.
9040
9041 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9042 {
9043     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9044                      renderer,
9045                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9046 }
9047
9048 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9049 {
9050     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9051                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9052                      editor);
9053 }
9054
9055 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9056 // access to the default attrbiutes
9057 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9058
9059 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()
9060 {
9061     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9062 }
9063
9064 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour()
9065 {
9066     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9067 }
9068
9069 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont()
9070 {
9071     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9072 }
9073
9074 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
9075 {
9076     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9077 }
9078
9079 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow()
9080 {
9081     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9082 }
9083
9084 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9085 {
9086     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9087 }
9088
9089 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9090 {
9091     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL,0,0);
9092 }
9093
9094 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9095 // access to cell attributes
9096 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9097
9098 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col)
9099 {
9100     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9101     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9102     attr->DecRef();
9103     return colour;
9104 }
9105
9106 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col )
9107 {
9108     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9109     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9110     attr->DecRef();
9111     return colour;
9112 }
9113
9114 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col )
9115 {
9116     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9117     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9118     attr->DecRef();
9119     return font;
9120 }
9121
9122 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert )
9123 {
9124     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9125     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9126     attr->DecRef();
9127 }
9128
9129 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col )
9130 {
9131     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9132     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9133     attr->DecRef();
9134     return allow;
9135 }
9136
9137 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols )
9138 {
9139     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9140     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9141     attr->DecRef();
9142 }
9143
9144 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col)
9145 {
9146     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9147     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9148     attr->DecRef();
9149
9150     return renderer;
9151 }
9152
9153 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col)
9154 {
9155     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9156     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9157     attr->DecRef();
9158
9159     return editor;
9160 }
9161
9162 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9163 {
9164     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9165     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9166     attr->DecRef();
9167     return isReadOnly;
9168 }
9169
9170 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9171 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9172 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9173
9174 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes()
9175 {
9176     if ( !m_table )
9177     {
9178         return false;
9179     }
9180
9181     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9182 }
9183
9184 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9185 {
9186     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9187     {
9188         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9189         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9190         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9191     }
9192 }
9193
9194 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9195 {
9196     if ( attr != NULL )
9197     {
9198         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9199
9200         self->ClearAttrCache();
9201         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9202         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9203         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9204         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9205     }
9206 }
9207
9208 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9209 {
9210     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9211     {
9212         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9213         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9214
9215 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9216         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9217 #endif
9218
9219         return true;
9220     }
9221     else
9222     {
9223 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9224         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9225 #endif
9226         return false;
9227     }
9228 }
9229
9230 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9231 {
9232     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9233     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9234     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9235     if ( row >= 0 )
9236     {
9237         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9238         {
9239             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col , wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9240                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9241             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9242         }
9243     }
9244     if (attr)
9245     {
9246         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9247     }
9248     else
9249     {
9250         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9251         attr->IncRef();
9252     }
9253
9254     return attr;
9255 }
9256
9257 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9258 {
9259     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9260     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9261
9262     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9263     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9264
9265     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9266     if ( !attr )
9267     {
9268         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9269
9270         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9271         attr->IncRef();
9272         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9273     }
9274
9275     return attr;
9276 }
9277
9278 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9279 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9280 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9281
9282 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9283 {
9284     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
9285 }
9286
9287 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
9288 {
9289     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
9290 }
9291
9292 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
9293 {
9294     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
9295     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
9296     {
9297         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
9298     }
9299
9300     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
9301 }
9302
9303 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
9304 {
9305     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
9306     if(!attr)
9307         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
9308     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9309     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9310
9311     SetColAttr(col, attr);
9312
9313 }
9314
9315 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9316 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
9317 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9318
9319 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9320 {
9321     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9322     {
9323         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9324         ClearAttrCache();
9325     }
9326     else
9327     {
9328         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9329     }
9330 }
9331
9332 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9333 {
9334     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9335     {
9336         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
9337         ClearAttrCache();
9338     }
9339     else
9340     {
9341         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9342     }
9343 }
9344
9345 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9346 {
9347     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9348     {
9349         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
9350         ClearAttrCache();
9351     }
9352     else
9353     {
9354         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9355     }
9356 }
9357
9358 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9359 {
9360     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9361     {
9362         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9363         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
9364         attr->DecRef();
9365     }
9366 }
9367
9368 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9369 {
9370     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9371     {
9372         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9373         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
9374         attr->DecRef();
9375     }
9376 }
9377
9378 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
9379 {
9380     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9381     {
9382         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9383         attr->SetFont(font);
9384         attr->DecRef();
9385     }
9386 }
9387
9388 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
9389 {
9390     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9391     {
9392         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9393         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9394         attr->DecRef();
9395     }
9396 }
9397
9398 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
9399 {
9400     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9401     {
9402         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9403         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
9404         attr->DecRef();
9405     }
9406 }
9407
9408 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
9409 {
9410     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9411     {
9412         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
9413
9414         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9415         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
9416         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
9417         attr->DecRef();
9418
9419         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
9420         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
9421         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
9422         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
9423         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
9424                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
9425         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
9426                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
9427
9428         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
9429         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
9430         {
9431             int i, j;
9432             for (j=row; j<row+cell_rows; j++)
9433             {
9434                 for (i=col; i<col+cell_cols; i++)
9435                 {
9436                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9437                     {
9438                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9439                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
9440                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9441                     }
9442                 }
9443             }
9444         }
9445
9446         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
9447         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
9448         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
9449         {
9450             int i, j;
9451             for (j=row; j<row+num_rows; j++)
9452             {
9453                 for (i=col; i<col+num_cols; i++)
9454                 {
9455                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9456                     {
9457                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9458                         attr_stub->SetSize( row-j, col-i );
9459                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9460                     }
9461                 }
9462             }
9463         }
9464     }
9465 }
9466
9467 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9468 {
9469     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9470     {
9471         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9472         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9473         attr->DecRef();
9474     }
9475 }
9476
9477 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9478 {
9479     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9480     {
9481         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9482         attr->SetEditor(editor);
9483         attr->DecRef();
9484     }
9485 }
9486
9487 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
9488 {
9489     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9490     {
9491         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9492         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
9493         attr->DecRef();
9494     }
9495 }
9496
9497 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9498 // Data type registration
9499 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9500
9501 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
9502                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
9503                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9504 {
9505     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
9506 }
9507
9508
9509 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
9510 {
9511     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9512     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
9513 }
9514
9515 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
9516 {
9517     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9518     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9519 }
9520
9521 wxGridCellEditor*
9522 wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9523 {
9524     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9525     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9526     {
9527         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name"));
9528
9529         return NULL;
9530     }
9531
9532     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
9533 }
9534
9535 wxGridCellRenderer*
9536 wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9537 {
9538     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9539     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9540     {
9541         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name"));
9542
9543         return NULL;
9544     }
9545
9546     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
9547 }
9548
9549
9550 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9551 // row/col size
9552 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9553
9554 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
9555 {
9556     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
9557 }
9558
9559
9560 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
9561 {
9562     m_canDragColSize = enable;
9563 }
9564
9565 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
9566 {
9567     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
9568 }
9569
9570 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
9571 {
9572     m_canDragCell = enable;
9573 }
9574
9575 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
9576 {
9577     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
9578
9579     if ( resizeExistingRows )
9580     {
9581         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
9582         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
9583         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9584         // some speed optimisations)
9585         m_rowHeights.Empty();
9586         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
9587         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9588             CalcDimensions();
9589     }
9590 }
9591
9592 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
9593 {
9594     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
9595
9596     // See comment in SetColSize
9597     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) { return; }
9598
9599     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
9600     {
9601         // need to really create the array
9602         InitRowHeights();
9603     }
9604
9605     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
9606     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
9607
9608     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
9609     int i;
9610     for ( i = row;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
9611     {
9612         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
9613     }
9614     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9615         CalcDimensions();
9616 }
9617
9618 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
9619 {
9620     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth );
9621
9622     if ( resizeExistingCols )
9623     {
9624         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
9625         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
9626         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9627         // some speed optimisations)
9628         m_colWidths.Empty();
9629         m_colRights.Empty();
9630         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9631             CalcDimensions();
9632     }
9633 }
9634
9635 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
9636 {
9637     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
9638
9639     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
9640     //                                                                 (VZ)
9641     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
9642     // what he is doing. However whe should test against the weaker
9643     // constariant of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
9644     //
9645     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
9646
9647     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) { return; }
9648
9649     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
9650     {
9651         // need to really create the array
9652         InitColWidths();
9653     }
9654
9655     // if < 0 calc new width from label
9656     if( width < 0 )
9657     {
9658       long w, h;
9659       wxArrayString lines;
9660       wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
9661       dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
9662       StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
9663       GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
9664       width = w + 6;
9665     }
9666     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
9667     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
9668     m_colWidths[col] = w;
9669
9670     int i;
9671     for ( i = col;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
9672     {
9673         m_colRights[i] += diff;
9674     }
9675     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9676         CalcDimensions();
9677 }
9678
9679
9680 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
9681 {
9682     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) {
9683         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
9684         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
9685     }
9686 }
9687
9688 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
9689 {
9690     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) {
9691         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
9692         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
9693     }
9694 }
9695
9696 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
9697 {
9698     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
9699     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
9700     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9701 }
9702
9703 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
9704 {
9705     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
9706     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
9707     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9708 }
9709
9710 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
9711 {
9712     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
9713     // an easy way to temporarily hidding columns.
9714     if ( width<0 )
9715         return;
9716     m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
9717 }
9718
9719 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
9720 {
9721     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
9722     // an easy way to temporarily hidding rows.
9723     if ( height<0 )
9724         return;
9725     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
9726 };
9727
9728 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
9729 {
9730     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9731 }
9732
9733 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
9734 {
9735     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9736 }
9737
9738 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9739 // auto sizing
9740 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9741
9742 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column )
9743 {
9744     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
9745
9746     //Cancel editting of cell
9747     HideCellEditControl();
9748     SaveEditControlValue();
9749
9750     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if weo nly need one
9751     int row = -1,
9752         col = -1;
9753     if ( column )
9754         col = colOrRow;
9755     else
9756         row = colOrRow;
9757
9758     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
9759     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
9760     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
9761     {
9762         if ( column )
9763             row = rowOrCol;
9764         else
9765             col = rowOrCol;
9766
9767         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9768         wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9769         if ( renderer )
9770         {
9771             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
9772             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
9773             if ( extent > extentMax )
9774             {
9775                 extentMax = extent;
9776             }
9777
9778             renderer->DecRef();
9779         }
9780
9781         attr->DecRef();
9782     }
9783
9784     // now also compare with the column label extent
9785     wxCoord w, h;
9786     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
9787
9788     if ( column )
9789     {
9790         dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
9791         if( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
9792             w = h;
9793     }
9794     else
9795         dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
9796
9797     extent = column ? w : h;
9798     if ( extent > extentMax )
9799     {
9800         extentMax = extent;
9801     }
9802
9803     if ( !extentMax )
9804     {
9805         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
9806         // than default extent but != 0, it's ok)
9807         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
9808     }
9809     else
9810     {
9811         if ( column )
9812         {
9813             // leave some space around text
9814             extentMax += 10;
9815         }
9816         else
9817         {
9818             extentMax += 6;
9819         }
9820     }
9821
9822     if ( column )
9823     {
9824         SetColSize(col, extentMax);
9825         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9826         {
9827             int cw, ch, dummy;
9828             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9829             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
9830             rect.y = 0;
9831             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
9832             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
9833             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9834             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9835         }
9836     }
9837     else
9838     {
9839         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
9840         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9841         {
9842             int cw, ch, dummy;
9843             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9844             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
9845             rect.x = 0;
9846             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
9847             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9848             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
9849             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9850         }
9851     }
9852     if ( setAsMin )
9853     {
9854         if ( column )
9855             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
9856         else
9857             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
9858     }
9859 }
9860
9861 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
9862 {
9863     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9864
9865     if ( !calcOnly )
9866         BeginBatch();
9867
9868     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
9869     {
9870         if ( !calcOnly )
9871         {
9872             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
9873         }
9874
9875         width += GetColWidth(col);
9876     }
9877
9878     if ( !calcOnly )
9879         EndBatch();
9880
9881     return width;
9882 }
9883
9884 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
9885 {
9886     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
9887
9888     if ( !calcOnly )
9889         BeginBatch();
9890
9891     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
9892     {
9893         if ( !calcOnly )
9894         {
9895             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
9896         }
9897
9898         height += GetRowHeight(row);
9899     }
9900
9901     if ( !calcOnly )
9902         EndBatch();
9903
9904     return height;
9905 }
9906
9907 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
9908 {
9909     BeginBatch();
9910
9911     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false), SetOrCalcRowSizes(false));
9912
9913     // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we
9914     // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width
9915     // CalcDimension adds m_extraWidth + 1 etc. to calculate the necessary
9916     // scrollbar steps
9917     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x + m_extraWidth + 1) * m_scrollLineX,
9918                    GetScrollY(size.y + m_extraHeight + 1) * m_scrollLineY);
9919
9920     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
9921     // extra white space
9922
9923     // Remove the extra m_extraWidth + 1 added above
9924     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x + (m_extraWidth + 1);
9925     if ( diff && m_numCols )
9926     {
9927         // try to resize the columns uniformly
9928         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
9929         if ( diffPerCol )
9930         {
9931             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
9932             {
9933                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
9934             }
9935         }
9936
9937         // add remaining amount to the last columns
9938         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
9939         if ( diff )
9940         {
9941             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
9942             {
9943                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
9944             }
9945         }
9946     }
9947
9948     // same for rows
9949     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y - (m_extraHeight + 1);
9950     if ( diff && m_numRows )
9951     {
9952         // try to resize the columns uniformly
9953         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
9954         if ( diffPerRow )
9955         {
9956             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
9957             {
9958                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
9959             }
9960         }
9961
9962         // add remaining amount to the last rows
9963         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
9964         if ( diff )
9965         {
9966             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
9967             {
9968                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
9969             }
9970         }
9971     }
9972
9973     EndBatch();
9974
9975     SetClientSize(sizeFit);
9976 }
9977
9978 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
9979 {
9980     wxArrayString lines;
9981     long w, h;
9982
9983     // Hide the edit control, so it
9984     // won't interfer with drag-shrinking.
9985     if( IsCellEditControlShown() )
9986     {
9987         HideCellEditControl();
9988         SaveEditControlValue();
9989     }
9990
9991     // autosize row height depending on label text
9992     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
9993     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
9994     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h);
9995     if( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
9996         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
9997     SetRowSize(row, h);
9998     ForceRefresh();
9999 }
10000
10001 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10002 {
10003     wxArrayString lines;
10004     long w, h;
10005
10006     // Hide the edit control, so it
10007     // won't interfer with drag-shrinking.
10008     if( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10009     {
10010         HideCellEditControl();
10011         SaveEditControlValue();
10012     }
10013
10014     // autosize column width depending on label text
10015     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10016     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10017     if( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10018         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h);
10019     else
10020         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w);
10021     if( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10022         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10023     SetColSize(col, w);
10024     ForceRefresh();
10025 }
10026
10027 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10028 {
10029     // don't set sizes, only calculate them
10030     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10031
10032     int width, height;
10033     width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true);
10034     height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true);
10035
10036     if (!width) width=100;
10037     if (!height) height=80;
10038
10039     // Round up to a multiple the scroll rate NOTE: this still doesn't get rid
10040     // of the scrollbars, is there any magic incantaion for that?
10041     int xpu, ypu;
10042     GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xpu, &ypu);
10043     if (xpu)
10044         width  += 1 + xpu - (width  % xpu);
10045     if (ypu)
10046         height += 1 + ypu - (height % ypu);
10047
10048     // limit to 1/4 of the screen size
10049     int maxwidth, maxheight;
10050     wxDisplaySize( & maxwidth, & maxheight );
10051     maxwidth /= 2;
10052     maxheight /= 2;
10053     if ( width > maxwidth ) width = maxwidth;
10054     if ( height > maxheight ) height = maxheight;
10055
10056
10057     wxSize best(width, height);
10058     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10059     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10060     // calculation.
10061     // CacheBestSize(size);
10062     return best;
10063 }
10064
10065 void wxGrid::Fit()
10066 {
10067     AutoSize();
10068 }
10069
10070
10071 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10072 {
10073     return wxNullPen;
10074 }
10075
10076 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10077 // cell value accessor functions
10078 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10079
10080 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10081 {
10082     if ( m_table )
10083     {
10084         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10085         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10086         {
10087             int dummy;
10088             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10089             rect.x = 0;
10090             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10091             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10092             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10093         }
10094
10095         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10096              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10097              IsCellEditControlShown())
10098              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10099              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10100              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10101         {
10102             HideCellEditControl();
10103             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10104         }
10105     }
10106 }
10107
10108
10109 //
10110 // ------ Block, row and col selection
10111 //
10112
10113 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10114 {
10115     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10116         ClearSelection();
10117
10118     if ( m_selection )
10119         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10120 }
10121
10122
10123 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10124 {
10125     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10126         ClearSelection();
10127
10128     if ( m_selection )
10129         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10130 }
10131
10132
10133 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10134                           bool addToSelected )
10135 {
10136     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10137         ClearSelection();
10138
10139     if ( m_selection )
10140         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10141                                   false, addToSelected );
10142 }
10143
10144
10145 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10146 {
10147     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10148     {
10149         if ( m_selection )
10150             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 );
10151     }
10152 }
10153
10154 //
10155 // ------ Cell, row and col deselection
10156 //
10157
10158 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10159 {
10160     if ( !m_selection )
10161         return;
10162
10163     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10164     {
10165         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10166             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, 0);
10167     }
10168     else
10169     {
10170         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10171         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols ; i++ )
10172         {
10173             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10174                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, i);
10175         }
10176     }
10177 }
10178
10179 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10180 {
10181     if ( !m_selection )
10182         return;
10183
10184     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10185     {
10186         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10187             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( 0, col);
10188     }
10189     else
10190     {
10191         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10192         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows ; i++ )
10193         {
10194             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10195                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10196         }
10197     }
10198 }
10199
10200 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10201 {
10202     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10203         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10204 }
10205
10206 bool wxGrid::IsSelection()
10207 {
10208     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10209              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10210                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10211 }
10212
10213 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10214 {
10215     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10216              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10217                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10218                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10219                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10220 }
10221
10222 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10223 {
10224     if (!m_selection) { wxGridCellCoordsArray a; return a; }
10225     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10226 }
10227 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10228 {
10229     if (!m_selection) { wxGridCellCoordsArray a; return a; }
10230     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10231 }
10232 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10233 {
10234     if (!m_selection) { wxGridCellCoordsArray a; return a; }
10235     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10236 }
10237 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10238 {
10239     if (!m_selection) { wxArrayInt a; return a; }
10240     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10241 }
10242 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
10243 {
10244     if (!m_selection) { wxArrayInt a; return a; }
10245     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
10246 }
10247
10248
10249 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
10250 {
10251     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10252     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10253     if ( m_selection )
10254         m_selection->ClearSelection();
10255 }
10256
10257
10258 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
10259 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
10260 //
10261 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
10262                                   const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight )
10263 {
10264     wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
10265     wxRect cellRect;
10266
10267     cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
10268     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10269     {
10270         rect = cellRect;
10271     }
10272     else
10273     {
10274         rect = wxRect(0,0,0,0);
10275     }
10276
10277     cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
10278     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10279     {
10280         rect += cellRect;
10281     }
10282     else
10283     {
10284         return wxGridNoCellRect;
10285     }
10286
10287     int i, j;
10288     int left = rect.GetLeft();
10289     int top = rect.GetTop();
10290     int right = rect.GetRight();
10291     int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
10292
10293     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
10294     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
10295     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
10296     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
10297
10298     if (left > right)
10299     {
10300         i = left;
10301         left = right;
10302         right = i;
10303         i = leftCol;
10304         leftCol=rightCol;
10305         rightCol = i;
10306     }
10307
10308     if (top > bottom)
10309     {
10310         i = top;
10311         top = bottom;
10312         bottom = i;
10313         i = topRow;
10314         topRow = bottomRow;
10315         bottomRow = i;
10316     }
10317
10318
10319     for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
10320     {
10321         for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
10322         {
10323             if ((j==topRow) || (j==bottomRow) || (i==leftCol) || (i==rightCol))
10324             {
10325                 cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
10326
10327                 if (cellRect.x < left)
10328                     left = cellRect.x;
10329                 if (cellRect.y < top)
10330                     top = cellRect.y;
10331                 if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
10332                     right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
10333                 if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
10334                     bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
10335             }
10336             else i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
10337         }
10338     }
10339
10340     // convert to scrolled coords
10341     //
10342     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
10343     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
10344
10345     int cw, ch;
10346     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10347
10348     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
10349         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
10350
10351     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
10352     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
10353     rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
10354     rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
10355
10356     return rect;
10357 }
10358
10359 //
10360 // ------ Grid event classes
10361 //
10362
10363 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10364
10365 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10366                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
10367                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10368         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10369 {
10370     m_row = row;
10371     m_col = col;
10372     m_x = x;
10373     m_y = y;
10374     m_selecting = sel;
10375     m_control = control;
10376     m_shift = shift;
10377     m_alt = alt;
10378     m_meta = meta;
10379
10380     SetEventObject(obj);
10381 }
10382
10383
10384 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10385
10386 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10387                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
10388                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10389         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10390 {
10391     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
10392     m_x = x;
10393     m_y = y;
10394     m_control = control;
10395     m_shift = shift;
10396     m_alt = alt;
10397     m_meta = meta;
10398
10399     SetEventObject(obj);
10400 }
10401
10402
10403 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10404
10405 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10406                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
10407                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
10408                                                bool sel, bool control,
10409                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10410         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10411 {
10412     m_topLeft     = topLeft;
10413     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
10414     m_selecting   = sel;
10415     m_control     = control;
10416     m_shift       = shift;
10417     m_alt         = alt;
10418     m_meta        = meta;
10419
10420     SetEventObject(obj);
10421 }
10422
10423
10424 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
10425
10426 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
10427                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
10428                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
10429     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
10430 {
10431     SetEventObject(obj);
10432     m_row = row;
10433     m_col = col;
10434     m_ctrl = ctrl;
10435 }
10436
10437 #endif // wxUSE_GRID
10438